You are on page 1of 210

Safety light curtains C 2000 Standard

Accessories
Mounting accessories
A
➜ Dimensional drawings mounting accessories see page C-80

Designation Description Part number


B

4 pieces
Pivoting
C

Mounting kit 1 2 019 649



Swivel mount

For protective field height 150 mm ... 1200 mm

4 pieces

Pivoting
Mounting kit 2 ■


Swivel mount
For protective field height 1350 mm ... 1800 mm
2 019 659
D
■ 4 pieces
Mounting kit 6 ■
Pivoting 2 019 506


Side bracket
4 pieces
E

Pivoting 2 030 288
■ For protective field height 150 mm ... 1200 mm
Stainless steel bracket


4 pieces
Pivoting 2 023 708
F

For protective field height 1350 mm ... 1800 mm
■ 4 pieces

Reinforced stainless steel bracket



Pivoting
Vibration resistance 5 g, 10 Hz ... 55 Hz
Shock resistance 10 g, 16ms
2 026 850 G

For protective field height 1350 mm ... 1800 mm

Connector technology H
System connection Designation Description Connection cable Part number
2.5 m 6 020 537

■ 8-pin
5.0 m
7.5 m
6 020 354
6 020 353
I

Straight
M12 plug M12 cable socket 10.0 m 6 020 352


8-pin
15.0 m
5.0 m
6 020 872
6 021 342
J

Angled 15.0 m 6 021 343

Continued on next page


K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
C - 77
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
C 2000 Standard Safety light curtains

Interfaces
A Designation Description Connection Type Part number

With screw terminal connector
LE20-2612 1 016 503

16-pin

B Safety evaluation unit LE 20 ■


With terminal plug spring
Angled LE20-2614 1 016 505
■ IP 20

16-pin

2 PNP OSSDs, 500 mA ■
With screw terminal connector

C Safety evaluation unit


LE 20 Muting


15- and 16-pin
With terminal plug spring
LE20-2622

LE20-2624
1 016 502

1 016 501

15- and 16-pin

For opto-electronic protective
D ■
devices
For opto-electronic protective
— UE10-3OS2D0 6 024 917

— UE10-3OS3D0 6 024 918


devices

With screw type terminals — UE10-2OS2D0 2 019 772
E Safety relay
■ With spring terminals — UE10-2OS4D0 2 019 771

Without terminals — UE10-2OS1D0 6 020 342

With screw type terminals — UE48-2OS2D2 6 024 915

F ■


With plug-in terminals
With screw type terminals


UE48-2OS3D2
UE48-3OS2D2
6 024 916
6 025 089

With plug-in terminals — UE48-3OS3D2 6 025 097

G Device columns 1)

Designation Description Part number


For C 2000 Standard
H

(protective field height 150 mm ... 1050 mm)



For C 2000 cascadable and RES/EDM
2 021 333
(protective field height 150 mm ... 900 mm)
■ 1200 mm high

I ■


Including mounting kit 1 (2 pieces)
For C 2000 (protective field height 150 mm ... 1200 mm)
Device column with front screen ■
1500 mm high 2 021 242

Including mounting kit 1 (2 pieces)

J ■


For C 2000 (protective field height 150 mm ... 1200 mm)
1700 mm high
Including mounting kit 1 (2 pieces)
2 021 337


For C 2000 (protective field height 1350 mm ... 1500 mm)

K ■


1700 mm high
Including mounting kit 2 (2 pieces)
2 021 332

1) Warning, reduction of the scanning range!

Additional front screens 1)


L Designation For protective field height (mm) Part number
300 2 022 405

M 450
600
2 022 406
2 022 407
Additional front screen (weld spark guard) 750 2 022 408
900 2 022 409

N 1050
1200
2 022 410
2 022 411
1)
Warning, reduction of the scanning range!

O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
C - 78
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Safety light curtains C 2000 Standard

Additional front screens Heavy Duty 1)

Designation For protective field height (mm) Part number A


1350 2 026 860

Additional front screen Heavy Duty 1500 2 026 861


(weld spark guard) with bracket 1650 2 026 862 B
1800 2 026 863
1)
Warning, reduction of the scanning range!

Deflector mirrors 1) (incl. mounting kit 2) C


Designation For protective field height (mm) Type Part number
300
450
PNS75-034
PNS75-049
1 019 414
1 019 415 D
600 PNS75-064 1 019 416
750 PNS75-079 1 019 417

For overall protective field width 0 m ... 4 m


900
1050
PNS75-094
PNS75-109
1 019 418
1 019 419
E
1200 PNS75-124 1 019 420
1350
1500
PNS75-139
PNS75-154
1 019 421
1 019 422
F
1650 PNS75-169 1 019 423
1800
300
PNS75-184
PNS125-034
1 019 424
1 019 425 G
450 PNS125-049 1 019 426
600 PNS125-064 1 019 427
750
900
PNS125-079
PNS125-094
1 019 428
1 019 429
H
For overall protective field width 4 m ... 15 m 1050 PNS125-109 1 019 430
1200
1350
PNS125-124
PNS125-139
1 019 431
1 019 432
I
1500 PNS125-154 1 019 433
1650
1800
PNS125-169
PNS125-184
1 019 434
1 019 435 J
1) Warning, reduction of the scanning range!

Laser alignment aid

Designation Description Type Part number


K

Does not require connection to
Laser alignment aid 1 015 741

Adapter for AR 60

power supply
For large housing profile
AR 60
— 4 032 461 L

For small housing profile — 4 032 462

➜ For dimensional drawings of the device columns and deflector mirrors please refer to the operating instructions/technical description.
Download at www.sick.com
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
C - 79
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
C 2000 Standard Safety light curtains

Dimensional drawings mounting accessories


A
3.8 34.3 3.8 44.4

B 13 13
8 8
44 44
19

C Ø 24 Ø 30.6
50
18
62 75
15
D 36 42
Dimensions in mm
9

34.5 6
5.5

Swivel mount Swivel mount Side bracket

E Mounting kit 1
for protective field height 150 mm ... 1200 mm
Mounting kit 2
for protective field height 1350 mm ... 1800 mm
Mounting kit 6

3.6 3.6
35
F 35 3.6

41

8.5 14.5 8.5 14.5

G
14.5
8.5
41.5 41.5
Ø30.6 43.5
Ø 23.8 Ø 30.6
62

H 43.7

Stainless steel bracket


48.5
47

Stainless steel bracket


51.5 59

Reinforced stainless steel bracket for


for protective field height 150 mm ... 1200 mm for protective field height 1350 mm ... 1800 mm protective field height 1350 mm ... 1800 mm

I
J
K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
C - 80
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Safety light curtains C 2000 Standard in IP 67 housing
C 2000 Standard in IP 67 housing

Overview of technical specifications


A
Resistant materials Stainless steel (V4A), PMMA, PA, PVC
Enclosure rating IP 67
Protective field width (depending on type)
Protective field height (depending on type)
0 m ... 4.5 m / 2.5 m ... 14.5 m
150 mm ... 1200 mm
B
Resolution (depending on type) 30 mm
Type Type 2 according to EN 61496
C
Product description
The IP 67 housing in conjunction with the A compensating element (membrane) pre-
D
safety light curtain C 2000 achieves the vents the plastic tubes misting up and the
enclosure rating IP 67. A high level of resist- entry of liquids. The cable is fed into the
ance against the usual cleaning agents is
achieved by using suitable materials (V4A,
PMMA, PA, PVC).
device through the proven PG connector.
E
In-system added value F
■ Combination with SICK interfaces
■ Safe interface to bus systems

Combination with Restart interlock Muting Further information


G
LE 20 ✔ — L-53
✔ ✔
LE 20 Muting

UE 48-2 OS ✔ —
L-60

L-42
H
UE 48-3 OS ✔ — L-48

Applications
I
■ High durability
■ Compact design
➜ For more applications please refer to the application finder at www.sick.com
■ Packaging industry ■ Pharmaceuticalindustry
■ External device monitoring
(EDM)
J
■ Self-testing
■ Food industry ■ Clean-room systems
■ On-site diagnostics
■ Chemical industry
■ Beam coding
K

Further information Page


L
➜ Ordering information C-82

➜ Technical specifications C-82 M


➜ Dimensional drawings C-83
➜ Connection diagram C-76
Hazardous point protection on a processing cen-
tre in the hygiene area
Hazardous point protection on a cheese-making
machine
➜ Accessories C-84
N
➜ Dimensional
drawings accessories C-85

➜ Services A-0 O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
C - 81
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
C 2000 Standard in IP 67 housing Safety light curtains

Ordering information
A
IP 67 housing with integrated sender or receiver unit C 2000 Standard, including 15 m PVC cable

➜ Accessories see page C-84


B
Scanning range 0 ... 4.5 m

C Resolution
(mm)
Protective field height
(mm) Type
Sender unit
Part number
Receiver unit
Type Part number
150 C25S-015103C11 1 024 184 C25E-015303C11 1 024 185

D 300
450
C25S-030103C11
C25S-045103C11
1 024 187
1 024 190
C25E-030303C11
C25E-045303C11
1 024 188
1 024 191
600 C25S-060103C11 1 024 193 C25E-060303C11 1 024 194
30
750 C25S-075103C11 1 024 196 C25E-075303C11 1 024 197
E 900 C25S-090103C11 1 024 199 C25E-090303C11 1 024 200
1050 C25S-105103C11 1 024 202 C25E-105303C11 1 024 203
1200 C25S-120103C11 1 024 205 C25E-120303C11 1 024 206

F Scanning range 2.5 ... 14.5 m

Sender unit Receiver unit


G Resolution
(mm)
Protective field height
(mm) Type Part number Type Part number
150 C25S-015203C11 1 024 186 C25E-015303C11 1 024 185
300 C25S-030203C11 1 024 189 C25E-030303C11 1 024 188

H 450
600
C25S-045203C11
C25S-060203C11
1 024 192
1 024 195
C25E-045303C11
C25E-060303C11
1 024 191
1 024 194
30
750 C25S-075203C11 1 024 198 C25E-075303C11 1 024 197

I 900
1050
C25S-090203C11
C25S-105203C11
1 024 201
1 024 204
C25E-090303C11
C25E-105303C11
1 024 200
1 024 203
1200 C25S-120203C11 1 024 207 C25E-120303C11 1 024 206

J Detailed technical specifications


➜ You can find further data in the operating instructions/technical description. Download at www.sick.com
K
C 2000 Standard in IP 67 housing
➜ C 2000 specific data see C 2000 Standard page C-73
L Protective field width (depending on type) 0 m ... 4.5 m / 2.5 m ... 14.5 m
Protective field height (depending on type) 150 mm ... 1200 mm
Resolution 30 mm

M Enclosure rating
Type
IP 66, IP 67
Type 2 according to EN 61496
Materials
End caps Stainless steel (V4A)
N Plastic tube
Compensating element (membrane)
PMMA
PA 6
PG connector PA 6
Ambient operating temperature TA 0 °C ... +55 °C
O Storage temperature TS –25 °C ... +70 °C

© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to


C - 82
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Safety light curtains C 2000 Standard in IP 67 housing

Dimensional drawings
A

35
B
60.5

Ø6 C
D

15
101.3

Ø 52
E
F
G
L1
L2
S

H
Ø 50
I
J
15
6

8.5 (35) Dimensions in mm

Illustration with stainless steel bracket (not supplied with delivery) K


Protective field height S L1 L2
150
300
357
476
324
443
L
450 626 593
600
750
777
927
744
894 M
900 1078 1045
1050 1228 1195
1200 1382 1349
Dimensions in mm
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
C - 83
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
C 2000 Standard in IP 67 housing Safety light curtains

Connection diagram
A
➜ Connection diagram C 2000 Standard on safety relay UE 10 see page C-76
➜ You can find more connection diagrams at www.sick.com
B
Accessories
C Mounting accessories

Designation Description Part number


■ 4 pieces
Stainless steel bracket 2 023 708
D ■


Pivoting
4 pieces

Pivoting
Reinforced stainless steel bracket 2 026 850

Vibration resistance 5 g, 10 Hz ... 55 Hz

E Shock resistance 10 g, 16ms



2 pieces
Stainless steel support bracket ■ Vibration resistance 5 g, 10 Hz ... 55 Hz 2 026 849

Shock resistance 10 g, 16ms

F Mounting key
Venting membrane
■ For M12 cable socket on device replacement

4 034 690
5 309 082

Interfaces

G Designation Description Connection


■ With screw terminal connector
Type Part number

LE20-2612 1 016 503



16-pin
Safety evaluation unit

H LE 20

■ IP 20


With terminal plug spring
Angled
16-pin
LE20-2614 1 016 505


2 PNP OSSDs, 500 mA ■
With screw terminal connector
LE20-2622 1 016 502

I 15- and 16-pin



Safety evaluation unit
LE 20 Muting ■
With terminal plug spring
LE20-2624 1 016 501

15- and 16-pin

For opto-electronic pro-
— UE10-3OS2D0 6 024 917
J ■
tective devices
For opto-electronic pro-
— UE10-3OS3D0 6 024 918
tective devices

With screw type terminals — UE10-2OS2D0 2 019 772

K Safety relay


With spring terminals
Without terminals


UE10-2OS4D0
UE10-2OS1D0
2 019 771
6 020 342

With screw type terminals — UE48-2OS2D2 6 024 915

L ■


With plug-in terminals
With screw type terminals


UE48-2OS3D2
UE48-3OS2D2
6 024 916
6 025 089

With plug-in terminals — UE48-3OS3D2 6 025 097

M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
C - 84
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Safety light curtains C 2000 Standard in IP 67 housing

Dimensional drawings mounting accessories


3.6
A
35 3.6 Dimensions in mm

41
23.9
40.9
B
8.5 14.5 13.5
14.5 54.3
8.5
41.5 5.75
Ø 30.6
62
Ø30.6 43.5
8.5
Ø 50
Ø 56 20 C
51.5 59 4.25
47

Stainless steel bracket Reinforced stainless steel bracket Stainless steel support bracket Mounting key D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
C - 85
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
C 2000 RES/EDM Safety light curtains

C 2000 RES/EDM

Overview of technical specifications


A
Protective field width (depending on type) 0 m ... 6 m / 2.5 m ... 19 m
Protective field height (depending on type) 300 mm ... 1800 mm
B Resolution (depending on type)
Type
20 mm / 30 mm / 40 mm
Type 2 according to EN 61496
Enclosure rating IP 65

C
Product description

D With its high signal reserve, the C 2000


RES/EDM safety light curtain is also relia-
ble under harsh industrial conditions. Func-
ordinating the characteristics of the device
to the requirements. Interfaces and service
concepts complete the product range to
tions and status information integrated in provide an ideal solution for the sector.
the device allow rapid commissioning and Compared to traditional solutions the inte-
E prevent unnecessary machine downtimes.
The modular concept achieves maximum
grated restart interlock in the C 2000 RES/
EDM offers the advantages of shorter
machine security while taking into account cable runs and quicker commissioning.
economic considerations by precisely co-

F In-system added value

G ■ Combination
■ Safe
with SICK interfaces
interface to bus systems

Combination with Restart interlock Muting Further information


✔ ✔
H LE 20 Muting L-60

Applications
I ■ Restart
■ External
interlock (RES)
device monitoring
➜ For more applications please refer to the application finder at www.sick.com
(EDM) ■ Storage and conveyor technology ■ Stoneproduction
■ Self-testing
J ■ 7-segment
■ Diagnostics
display
■ Wood industry
■ Textile industry
■ Electronicsindustry
■ Packaging industry

■ Alignment aid
■ Beam coding
K
L
Further information Page

M ➜ Technical specifications C-89


C 2000 RES/EDM on a warping machine C 2000 RES/EDM on a pad printing machine
➜ Dimensional drawings C-90
➜ Connection diagram
N ➜ Accessories
C-92

C-93

➜ Dimensional

O drawings accessories C-96

➜ Services A-0

© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to


C - 86
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Safety light curtains C 2000 RES/EDM

Ordering information
A
C 2000 RES/EDM
■ With restart interlock (RES) and external device monitoring (EDM)
■ For usage as a standalone system
■ Consisting of sender and receiver unit B
➜ Accessories see page C-93

Scanning range 0 ... 6 m C


Resolution Housing cross- Protective field Sender unit Receiver unit
(mm) section (mm) height (mm)
300
Type
C20S-030102A11
Part number
1 016 448
Type
C20E-030302A21
Part number
1 018 073
D
450 C20S-045102A11 1 016 573 C20E-045302A21 1 018 079

20 34 x 29
600
750
C20S-060102A11
C20S-075102A11
1 016 574
1 016 579
C20E-060302A21
C20E-075302A21
1 018 056
1 018 096
E
900 C20S-090102A11 1 016 584 C20E-090302A21 1 018 105
1050 C20S-105102A11 1 016 589 C20E-105302A21 1 018 114
1200 C20S-120102A11 1 016 464 C20E-120302A21 1 016 970 F
300 C20S-030103A11 1 016 568 C20E-030303A21 1 016 974
450 C20S-045103A11 1 016 454 C20E-045303A21 1 018 081

34 x 29
600
750
C20S-060103A11
C20S-075103A11
1 016 477
1 016 479
C20E-060303A21
C20E-075303A21
1 018 089
1 018 098
G
900 C20S-090103A11 1 016 481 C20E-090303A21 1 018 107
30 1050
1200
C20S-105103A11
C20S-120103A11
1 016 483
1 016 594
C20E-105303A21
C20E-120303A21
1 018 116
1 018 124
H
1350 C20S-135103A12 1 016 600 C20E-135303A22 1 018 058

48 x 40
1500
1650
C20S-150103A12
C20S-165103A12
1 016 605
1 016 610
C20E-150303A22
C20E-165303A22
1 018 134
1 018 140 I
1800 C20S-180103A12 1 016 615 C20E-180303A22 1 018 147
300 C20S-030104A11 1 016 570 C20E-030304A21 1 016 973
450
600
C20S-045104A11
C20S-060104A11
1 016 456
1 016 576
C20E-045304A21
C20E-060304A21
1 018 083
1 018 091
J
34 x 29 750 C20S-075104A11 1 016 581 C20E-075304A21 1 018 100

40
900
1050
C20S-090104A11
C20S-105104A11
1 016 586
1 016 591
C20E-090304A21
C20E-105304A21
1 018 109
1 018 118
K
1200 C20S-120104A11 1 016 596 C20E-120304A21 1 018 126

48 x 40
1350
1500
C20S-135104A12
C20S-150104A12
1 016 603
1 016 608
C20E-135304A22
C20E-150304A22
1 018 130
1 018 136 L
1650 C20S-165104A12 1 016 613 C20E-165304A22 1 018 142
1800 C20S-180104A12 1 016 618 C20E-180304A22 1 018 149
Continued on next page M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
C - 87
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
C 2000 RES/EDM Safety light curtains

Scanning range 2.5 ... 19 m


A Sender unit Receiver unit
Resolution Housing cross- Protective field
(mm) section (mm) height (mm) Type Part number Type Part number

B 300
450
C20S-030202A11
C20S-045202A11
1 016 632
1 016 458
C20E-030302A21
C20E-045302A21
1 018 073
1 018 079
600 C20S-060202A11 1 016 633 C20E-060302A21 1 018 056

C 20 34 x 29 750
900
C20S-075202A11
C20S-090202A11
1 016 634
1 016 635
C20E-075302A21
C20E-090302A21
1 018 096
1 018 105
1050 C20S-105202A11 1 016 636 C20E-105302A21 1 018 114
1200 C20S-120202A11 1 016 466 C20E-120302A21 1 016 970
D 300 C20S-030203A11 1 016 572 C20E-030303A21 1 016 974
450 C20S-045203A11 1 016 460 C20E-045303A21 1 018 081
600 C20S-060203A11 1 016 578 C20E-060303A21 1 018 089

E 34 x 29 750
900
C20S-075203A11
C20S-090203A11
1 016 583
1 016 588
C20E-075303A21
C20E-090303A21
1 018 098
1 018 107
30 1050 C20S-105203A11 1 016 593 C20E-105303A21 1 018 116

F 1200
1350
C20S-120203A11
C20S-135203A12
1 016 599
1 016 602
C20E-120303A21
C20E-135303A22
1 018 124
1 018 058
1500 C20S-150203A12 1 016 607 C20E-150303A22 1 018 134
48 x 40
1650 C20S-165203A12 1 016 612 C20E-165303A22 1 018 140
G 1800 C20S-180203A12 1 016 617 C20E-180303A22 1 018 147
300 C20S-030204A11 1 016 638 C20E-030304A21 1 016 973
450 C20S-045204A11 1 016 462 C20E-045304A21 1 018 083

H 34 x 29
600
750
C20S-060204A11
C20S-075204A11
1 016 639
1 016 640
C20E-060304A21
C20E-075304A21
1 018 091
1 018 100
900 C20S-090204A11 1 016 641 C20E-090304A21 1 018 109

I 40 1050
1200
C20S-105204A11
C20S-120204A11
1 016 642
1 016 643
C20E-105304A21
C20E-120304A21
1 018 118
1 018 126
1350 C20S-135204A12 1 016 644 C20E-135304A22 1 018 130

J 48 x 40
1500
1650
C20S-150204A12
C20S-165204A12
1 016 646
1 016 647
C20E-150304A22
C20E-165304A22
1 018 136
1 018 142
1800 C20S-180204A12 1 016 648 C20E-180304A22 1 018 149

K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
C - 88
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Safety light curtains C 2000 RES/EDM

Detailed technical specifications


A
➜ You can find more detailed data in the operating instructions/technical description. Download at www.sick.com

General system data B


Protective field width (depending on type) 0 m ... 6 m / 2.5 m ... 19 m
Protective field height (depending on type) 300 mm ... 1800 mm
Resolution (depending on type) 20 mm / 30 mm / 40 mm C
Enclosure rating IP 65
Type Type 2 according to EN 61496
Synchronisation
Supply voltage VS
Optical, without separate synchronisation
24 V (19.2 V ... 28.8 V) DC
D
Sender unit
Power consumption

Receiver unit
Max. 6.2 W
E
Switching outputs (OSSDs) 2 PNP semiconductors (short-circuit protected, cross-circuit

Response time (depending on type)


monitored)
Max. 7 ms ... 34 ms F
Switching voltage
HIGHmin VS – 2.25 V

Switching current
LOWmax 1V
Max. 500 mA G
Power consumption Max. 8 W

Operating data
Type of connection M12 plug, 8-pin H
2
Connection cable wire cross-section Max. 0.25 mm
Connection cable length Max. 15 m
Ambient operating temperature TA
Storage temperature TS
0 °C ... +55 °C
–25 °C ... +70 °C
I
Air humidity 15 % ... 95 %
Housing cross-section (depending on type)
for protective field heights of 300 mm to 1200 mm 34 mm x 29 mm
J
for protective field heights of 1350 mm to 1800 mm 48 mm x 40 mm
Vibration resistance 5 g, 10 ... 55 Hz according to IEC 60068-2-6
Shock resistance
Weight (depending on type)
10 g, 16 m according to IEC 60068-2-29
0.27 kg ... 3.88 kg
K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
C - 89
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
C 2000 RES/EDM Safety light curtains

Dimensional drawings
A
➜ You will find more dimensional drawings in the technical description/operating instructions. Download at www.sick.com

B Protective field heights 300 mm ... 1200 mm

8 2.3 ➂
C ➀
8.4
36

D 28.5

9.6
62 51.5
34 34.3

E

F 19.3 14.7 14
6
1 3.5
L4 L3 L2 L5 L1 S1 L6

G 2.2
10.5

H
16.5

I 43.8

21
8.4 36.4

Dimensions in mm
J Sender unit with swivel mount, small housing profile (receiver unit not mirror image. Dimensions as C 2000 cascadable, see page C-101)
➀ Mounting clamp
➁ Hexagon screw M8 DIN 933 with washer DIN 9021 (not supplied with delivery)
K ➂ Centre of light beam offset
➃ Adjustment
➄ Sliding nut groove for side mounting
➅ Protective field height
L ➆ Plug M12 x 1

S1 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6

M 300
450
364
515
322
473
432
582
452
603
390
540
394
545
600 666 623 733 754 691 696
750 816 774 884 904 841 846
N 900 967 924 1034 1055 992 997
1050 1117 1075 1185 1205 1142 1147
1200 1266 1224 1334 1354 1292 1298

O S1 = protective field height Dimensions in mm

© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to


C - 90
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Safety light curtains C 2000 RES/EDM

Protective field heights 1350 mm ... 1800 mm


8
A
➀ ➂ 1.7
42.9

8.4 B
11.9
75 68
48

➃ 44.4
40
C
48

42.3
➄ D
22.4 25.6 14
6

L4 L3 L2 L5
1 3.5
L1 S1 L6
E
2.2 ➅
10.5
F
G
20
48

27
H
14.4 42.6

➆ Dimensions in mm

Sender unit with swivel mount, large housing profile (receiver unit not mirror image, see C 2000 cascadable, page C-102) I
➀ Mounting clamp
➁ Hexagon screw M8 DIN 933 with washer DIN 9021 (not supplied with delivery)
➂ Centre of light beam offset
➃ Adjustment J
➄ Sliding nut groove for side mounting
➅ Protective field height
➆ Plug M12 x 1
K
S1 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6
1350 1426 1384 1494 1514 1452 1463
1500 1577 1535 1644 1665 1602 1614 L
1650 1727 1685 1795 1815 1752 1764
1800 1878 1836 1945 1966 1903 1915

S1 = protective field height Dimensions in mm M


N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
C - 91
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
C 2000 RES/EDM Safety light curtains

Connection diagram
A
➜ You can find more connection diagrams at www.sick.com

B C 2000 RES/EDM on safety relay UE 10


+24 V

C S1

D 6 2
WH 1 1 WH
Sel1 Sel1
BN 2 2 BN

E GN 3

4
+24V

Sel2
+24V

Sel2
3 GN

4 YE
n.c. EDM
GY 5 5 GY
Test OSSD1
F BU
6

7
n.c. OSSD2
6

7
PK

BU
GND GND 1)
8 8 B1 B3 Y1 13 23 33 41
Shield Shield

G C2000S C2000R
UE 10-3 OS

H B2 B4 Y2 14 24 34 42

I 0V

2) PELV

J Task
Interfacing a C 2000 RES/EDM safety light curtain to
UE 10-3 OS. Operating mode with restart interlock and external
Comments
1) Output circuits: These contacts are to be connected to the
controller such that, with the output circuit open, the danger-
device monitoring. ous state is disabled. For categories 4 and 3, the integration
Function must be dual-channel (x/y paths). Single-channel integration
K The yellow LED on the receiver flashes when the light path is
clear and the UE 10 is de-energised and functioning correctly.
in the control (z path) is only possible with a single-channel
control and taking the risk analysis into account.
2) PELV as required in EN 60204-1 / 6.4
The system is ready to be switched on. The system is enabled
by pressing S1 (button is pressed and released). The OSSD1
L and OSSD2 outputs are live, the UE 10 is switched on. On the
interruption of one of the light beams, the UE 10 is deactivated
by the OSSD1 and OSSD2 outputs.
The related operating instructions for the integrated devices
must be observed.

Possible faults

M Cross-circuits and short-circuits of the OSSDs are being


detected and lead to the inhibited state (lock-out). The incorrect
functioning of the UE 10 will be detected and will not result in
the loss of the shutdown function. Jamming of the S1 button
prevents output circuit to enable.
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
C - 92
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Safety light curtains C 2000 RES/EDM

Accessories
Mounting accessories
A
➜ Dimensional drawings mounting accessories see page C-96

Designation Description Part number


B

4 pieces
Pivoting
C

Mounting kit 1 2 019 649



Swivel mount

For protective field height 300 mm ... 1200 mm

4 pieces

Pivoting
Mounting kit 2 ■


Swivel mount
For protective field height 1350 mm ... 1800 mm
2 019 659
D
■ 4 pieces
Mounting kit 6 ■
Pivoting 2 019 506


Side bracket
4 pieces
E

Pivoting 2 030 288
■ For protective field height 300 mm ... 1200 mm
Stainless steel bracket


4 pieces
Pivoting 2 023 708
F

For protective field height 1350 mm ... 1800 mm
■ 4 pieces

Reinforced stainless steel bracket



Pivoting
Vibration resistance 5 g, 10 Hz ... 55 Hz
Shock resistance 10 g, 16ms
2 026 850 G

For protective field height 1350 mm ... 1800 mm

Connector technology H
System connection Designation Description Connection cable Part number
2.5 m 6 020 537

■ 8-pin
5.0 m
7.5 m
6 020 354
6 020 353
I

Straight
M12 plug M12 cable socket 10.0 m 6 020 352


8-pin
15.0 m
5.0 m
6 020 872
6 021 342
J

Angled 15.0 m 6 021 343


Straight
For the connection of a con-
trol switch
5.0 m
15.0 m
6 021 204

6 021 205
K
M12 cable plug
■ Angled 5.0 m 6 021 830
For the connection of a con-
L

Extension connection 15.0 m 6 021 831


trol switch

Pre-assembled

For deactivation of the inte-
Plug — 6 021 238
grated restart interlock

M12

Continued on next page


M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
C - 93
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
C 2000 RES/EDM Safety light curtains

Interfaces
A Designation Description Connection Type Part number

With screw terminal connec-
tor LE20-2612 1 016 503

B Safety evaluation unit LE 20



16-pin
With terminal plug spring

Angled LE20-2614 1 016 505

IP 20
■ 16-pin

C Safety evaluation unit



2 PNP OSSDs, 500 mA ■


With screw terminal connec-
tor
15- and 16-pin
LE20-2622 1 016 502

LE 20 Muting
■ With terminal plug spring
LE20-2624 1 016 501
D ■ For opto-electronic protec-

15- and 16-pin

— UE10-3OS2D0 6 024 917


tive devices
■ For opto-electronic protec-

E Safety relay

tive devices
With screw type terminals


UE10-3OS3D0

UE10-2OS2D0
6 024 918

2 019 772

With spring terminals — UE10-2OS4D0 2 019 771

F Without terminals — UE10-2OS1D0 6 020 342


Device columns 1)

Designation Description Part number

G ■
For C 2000 Standard
(protective field height 150 mm ... 1050 mm)

For C 2000 cascadable and RES/EDM
2 021 333
(protective field height 150 mm ... 900 mm)

H ■


1200 mm high
Including mounting kit 1 (2 pieces)
■ For C 2000 (protective field height 150 mm ... 1200 mm)
Device column with front screen ■
1500 mm high 2 021 242

I Including mounting kit 1 (2 pieces)



For C 2000 (protective field height 150 mm ... 1200 mm)

1700 mm high 2 021 337
■ Including mounting kit 1 (2 pieces)

J ■


For C 2000 (protective field height 1350 mm ... 1500 mm)
1700 mm high
Including mounting kit 2 (2 pieces)
2 021 332

1) Warning, reduction of the scanning range!

K Additional front screens 1)

Designation For protective field height (mm) Part number


300 2 022 405
L 450
600
2 022 406
2 022 407
Additional front screen (weld spark guard) 750 2 022 408

M 900
1050
2 022 409
2 022 410
1200 2 022 411

N 1)
Warning, reduction of the scanning range!

O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
C - 94
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Safety light curtains C 2000 RES/EDM

Additional front screens Heavy Duty 1)

Designation For protective field height (mm) Part number A


1350 2 026 860

Additional front screen Heavy Duty 1500 2 026 861


(weld spark guard) with bracket 1650 2 026 862 B
1800 2 026 863
1)
Warning, reduction of the scanning range!

Deflector mirrors 1) (incl. mounting kit 2) C


Designation For protective field height (mm) Type Part number
300
450
PNS75-034
PNS75-049
1 019 414
1 019 415 D
600 PNS75-064 1 019 416
750 PNS75-079 1 019 417

For overall protective field width 0 m ... 4 m


900
1050
PNS75-094
PNS75-109
1 019 418
1 019 419
E
1200 PNS75-124 1 019 420
1350
1500
PNS75-139
PNS75-154
1 019 421
1 019 422
F
1650 PNS75-169 1 019 423
1800
300
PNS75-184
PNS125-034
1 019 424
1 019 425 G
450 PNS125-049 1 019 426
600 PNS125-064 1 019 427
750
900
PNS125-079
PNS125-094
1 019 428
1 019 429
H
For overall protective field width 4 m ... 15 m 1050 PNS125-109 1 019 430
1200
1350
PNS125-124
PNS125-139
1 019 431
1 019 432
I
1500 PNS125-154 1 019 433
1650
1800
PNS125-169
PNS125-184
1 019 434
1 019 435 J
1) Warning, reduction of the scanning range!

Laser alignment aid

Designation Description Type Part number


K

Does not require connection to
Laser alignment aid 1 015 741

Adapter for AR 60

power supply
For large housing profile
AR 60
— 4 032 461 L

For small housing profile — 4 032 462

➜ For dimensional drawings of the device columns and deflector mirrors please refer to the operating instructions/technical description.
Download at www.sick.com
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
C - 95
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
C 2000 RES/EDM Safety light curtains

Dimensional drawings mounting accessories


A
3.8 34.3 3.8 44.4

B 13 13
8 8
44 44
19

C Ø 24 Ø 30.6
50
18
62 75
15
D 36 42
Dimensions in mm
9

34.5 6
5.5

Swivel mount Swivel mount Side bracket

E Mounting kit 1
for protective field height 150 mm ... 1200 mm
Mounting kit 2
for protective field height 1350 mm ... 1800 mm
Mounting kit 6

3.6 3.6
3.6
F 35 35

41

8.5 14.5 8.5 14.5 14.5

G Ø 23.8
41.5
Ø 30.6
41.5 Ø30.6
8.5
43.5

62
59
H 43.7

Stainless steel bracket


48.5
47

Stainless steel bracket


51.5

Reinforced stainless steel bracket for


for protective field height 150 mm ... 1200 mm for protective field height 1350 mm ... 1800 mm protective field height 1350 mm ... 1800 mm

I
J
K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
C - 96
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Safety light curtains C 2000 cascadable
C 2000 cascadable

Overview of technical specifications


A
Protective field width (depending on type) 0 m ... 6 m / 2.5 m ... 19 m
Protective field height (depending on type) 300 mm ... 1800 mm
Number of beams in complete system
Resolution (depending on type)
Max. 180 beams
20 mm / 30 mm / 40 mm
B
Type Type 2 according to EN 61496
Enclosure rating IP 65
C
Product description
With its high signal reserve, the C 2000
cascadable safety light curtain is also relia-
economic considerations by precisely co-
ordinating the characteristics of the device
D
ble under harsh industrial conditions. Func- to the requirements. Interfaces and service
tions and status information integrated in concepts complete the product range to
the device allow rapid commissioning and
prevent unnecessary machine downtimes.
provide an ideal solution for the sector.
With the cascadable variants, safety light
E
The modular concept achieves maximum curtains can be flexibly adapted to the
machine security while taking into account existing installation situation.

In-system added value


F
■ Combination with SICK interfaces ■ Safe interface to bus systems

Combination with Restart interlock Muting Further information


G
LE 20 ✔ — L-53
LE 20 Muting

UE 48-2 OS




L-60

L-42
H
UE 48-3 OS ✔ — L-48

Applications
■ Cascade


Max. 3 devices
Max. 3 m cable length
I
■ External device monitoring
(EDM)
➜ For more applications please refer to the application finder at www.sick.com
■ Self-testing
■ 7-segment display
J
■ Storage and conveyor technology
■ Diagnostics
■ Wood industry
■ Alignment aid
■ Textile industry
■ Stone production
■ Electronics industry
■ Beam coding
K
■ Packaging industry

Further information Page


L
➜ Ordering information C-98
➜ Technical specifications C-100 M
a
67
5
80

➜ Dimensional drawings C-101


➜ Connection diagram C-103
➜ Accessories C-104
N
➜ Dimensional
C 2000 cascadable on a pad printing machine drawings accessories C-106

➜ Services A-0
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
C - 97
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
C 2000 cascadable Safety light curtains

Ordering information
A
C 2000 cascadable
■ With external device monitoring (EDM)

B ■ For usage as cascaded device


■ Consisting of sender and receiver unit

➜ Accessories page C-104

C Scanning range 0 ... 6 m

Resolution Housing cross- Protective field Sender unit Receiver unit

D (mm) section (mm) height (mm)


300
Type
C20S-030102A21
Part number
1 018 072
Type
C20E-030302A21
Part number
1 018 073
450 C20S-045102A21 1 018 078 C20E-045302A21 1 018 079

E 20 34 x 29
600
750
C20S-060102A21
C20S-075102A21
1 018 055
1 018 095
C20E-060302A21
C20E-075302A21
1 018 056
1 018 096
900 C20S-090102A21 1 018 104 C20E-090302A21 1 018 105
1050 C20S-105102A21 1 018 113 C20E-105302A21 1 018 114
F 1200 C20S-120102A21 1 018 122 C20E-120302A21 1 016 970
300 C20S-030103A21 1 018 074 C20E-030303A21 1 016 974
450 C20S-045103A21 1 018 080 C20E-045303A21 1 018 081

G 34 x 29
600
750
C20S-060103A21
C20S-075103A21
1 018 087
1 018 097
C20E-060303A21
C20E-075303A21
1 018 089
1 018 098
900 C20S-090103A21 1 018 106 C20E-090303A21 1 018 107

H 30 1050
1200
C20S-105103A21
C20S-120103A21
1 018 115
1 018 123
C20E-105303A21
C20E-120303A21
1 018 116
1 018 124
1350 C20S-135103A22 1 018 057 C20E-135303A22 1 018 058

I 48 x 40
1500
1650
C20S-150103A22
C20S-165103A22
1 018 133
1 018 139
C20E-150303A22
C20E-165303A22
1 018 134
1 018 140
1800 C20S-180103A22 1 018 145 C20E-180303A22 1 018 147
300 C20S-030104A21 1 016 967 C20E-030304A21 1 016 973

J 450
600
C20S-045104A21
C20S-060104A21
1 018 082
1 018 090
C20E-045304A21
C20E-060304A21
1 018 083
1 018 091
34 x 29 750 C20S-075104A21 1 018 099 C20E-075304A21 1 018 100

K 40
900
1050
C20S-090104A21
C20S-105104A21
1 018 108
1 018 117
C20E-090304A21
C20E-105304A21
1 018 109
1 018 118
1200 C20S-120104A21 1 018 125 C20E-120304A21 1 018 126

L 48 x 40
1350
1500
C20S-135104A22
C20S-150104A22
1 018 129
1 018 135
C20E-135304A22
C20E-150304A22
1 018 130
1 018 136
1650 C20S-165104A22 1 018 141 C20E-165304A22 1 018 142
1800 C20S-180104A22 1 018 148 C20E-180304A22 1 018 149
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
C - 98
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Safety light curtains C 2000 cascadable

Scanning range 2.5 ... 19 m

Sender unit Receiver unit


A
Resolution Housing cross- Protective field
(mm) section (mm) height (mm) Type Part number Type Part number
300
450
C20S-030202A21
C20S-045202A21
1 018 075
1 018 084
C20E-030302A21
C20E-045302A21
1 018 073
1 018 079
B
600 C20S-060202A21 1 018 092 C20E-060302A21 1 018 056
20 34 x 29 750
900
C20S-075202A21
C20S-090202A21
1 018 101
1 018 110
C20E-075302A21
C20E-090302A21
1 018 096
1 018 105 C
1050 C20S-105202A21 1 018 119 C20E-105302A21 1 018 114
1200 C20S-120202A21 1 016 964 C20E-120302A21 1 016 970
300 C20S-030203A21 1 016 968 C20E-030303A21 1 016 974 D
450 C20S-045203A21 1 018 085 C20E-045303A21 1 018 081
600 C20S-060203A21 1 018 093 C20E-060303A21 1 018 089
34 x 29 750
900
C20S-075203A21
C20S-090203A21
1 018 102
1 018 111
C20E-075303A21
C20E-090303A21
1 018 098
1 018 107
E
30 1050 C20S-105203A21 1 018 120 C20E-105303A21 1 018 116
1200
1350
C20S-120203A21
C20S-135203A22
1 018 127
1 018 131
C20E-120303A21
C20E-135303A22
1 018 124
1 018 058
F
1500 C20S-150203A22 1 018 137 C20E-150303A22 1 018 134
48 x 40
1650 C20S-165203A22 1 018 143 C20E-165303A22 1 018 140
1800 C20S-180203A22 1 018 150 C20E-180303A22 1 018 147 G
300 C20S-030204A21 1 018 077 C20E-030304A21 1 016 973
450 C20S-045204A21 1 018 086 C20E-045304A21 1 018 083

34 x 29
600
750
C20S-060204A21
C20S-075204A21
1 018 094
1 018 103
C20E-060304A21
C20E-075304A21
1 018 091
1 018 100
H
900 C20S-090204A21 1 018 112 C20E-090304A21 1 018 109
40 1050
1200
C20S-105204A21
C20S-120204A21
1 018 121
1 018 128
C20E-105304A21
C20E-120304A21
1 018 118
1 018 126
I
1350 C20S-135204A22 1 018 132 C20E-135304A22 1 018 130

48 x 40
1500
1650
C20S-150204A22
C20S-165204A22
1 018 138
1 018 144
C20E-150304A22
C20E-165304A22
1 018 136
1 018 142 J
1800 C20S-180204A22 1 018 151 C20E-180304A22 1 018 149

K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
C - 99
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
C 2000 cascadable Safety light curtains

Detailed technical specifications


A
➜ You can find more detailed data in the operating instructions/technical description. Download at www.sick.com

B General system data


Protective field width (depending on type) 0 m ... 6 m / 2.5 m ... 19 m
Protective field height (depending on type) 300 mm ... 1800 mm
C Resolution (depending on type) 20 mm / 30 mm / 40 mm
Enclosure rating IP 65
Type Type 2 according to EN 61496

D Synchronisation
Supply voltage VS
Optical, without separate synchronisation
24 V (19.2 V ... 28.8 V) DC

Sender unit

E Power consumption

Receiver unit
Max. 6.2 W

Switching outputs (OSSDs) 2 PNP semiconductors (short-circuit protected, cross-circuit

F Response time (depending on type)


monitored)
Max. 7 ms ... 34 ms
Switching voltage
HIGHmin VS – 2.25 V

G Switching current
LOWmax 1V
Max. 500 mA
Power consumption Max. 8 W

Operating data
H Type of connection M12 plug, 8-pin
Connection cable wire cross-section Max. 0.25 mm2
Connection cable length Max. 15 m
I Ambient operating temperature TA
Storage temperature TS
0 °C ... +55 °C
–25 °C ... +70 °C
Air humidity 15 % ... 95 %

J Housing cross-section (depending on type)


for protective field heights of 300 mm to 1200 mm 34 mm x 29 mm
for protective field heights of 1350 mm to 1800 mm 48 mm x 40 mm
Vibration resistance 5 g, 10 ... 55 Hz according to IEC 60068-2-6

K Shock resistance
Weight (depending on type)
10 g, 16 ms according to IEC 60068-2-29
0.27 kg ... 3.88 kg

L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
C - 100
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Safety light curtains C 2000 cascadable

Dimensional drawings
A
➜ You will find more dimensional drawings in the technical description/operating instructions. Download at www.sick.com

Protective field heights 300 mm ... 1200 mm B


➀ 8
➁ ➂ 2.3
C
13.1 14 8.4
➄ 6 ➃
1
3.5
D
2.2
9.6 10.5

34
28.5 E
36
16.5
37
➅ F
62 51.5
L4 L3 L2 L5 34.3
L5 S1
19.3 14.7
G
H

36.4
43.8 I
21
8.4

➆ Dimensions in mm J
Sender unit with swivel mount, small housing profile (receiver unit mirror image)
➀ Mounting clamp
➁ Plug M12 x 1
➂ Centre of light beam offset K
➃ Hexagon screw M8 DIN 933 with washer DIN 9021 (not supplied with delivery)
➄ Sliding nut groove for side mounting
➅ Adjustment
➆ Plug M12 x 1
L
S1 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5
300
450
364
515
322
473
432
582
452
603
411
562
M
600 666 623 733 754 712
750
900
816
967
774
924
884
1034
904
1055
863
1013
N
1050 1117 1075 1185 1205 1164
1200

S1 = protective field height


1266 1224 1334 1354 1313
Dimensions in mm
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
C - 101
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
C 2000 cascadable Safety light curtains

Protective field heights 1350 mm ... 1800 mm


A
➀ 8

15.4
➂ 1.7
B ➃ 8.4
42.9

C 11.9 75 68
48
40

48
➄ 44.4
D 42.3

22.4 25.6 ➅
E L4 L3 L2 L5
14
6
1 3.5 L1 S1

F 2.2
10.5

G
20
48
H 27
14.4
➇ 42.6
I Sender unit with swivel mount, large housing profile (receiver unit mirror image)
Dimensions in mm

➀ Mounting clamp
➁ M12 x 1 socket

J ➂ Centre of light beam offset


➃ Hexagon screw M8 DIN 933 with washer DIN 9021 (not supplied with delivery)
➄ Adjustment
➅ Sliding nut groove for side mounting
K ➆ Protective field height
➇ Plug M12 x 1

S1 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5
L 1350
1500
1426
1577
1384
1535
1494
1644
1514
1665
1481
1632
1650 1727 1685 1795 1815 1782

M 1800

S1 = protective field height


1878 1836 1945 1966 1933
Dimensions in mm

N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
C - 102
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Safety light curtains C 2000 cascadable

Connection diagram
A
➜ You can find more connection diagrams at www.sick.com

C 2000 cascadable on safety relay UE 10 B


+24 V

C2000S C2000R C
WH 1 1 WH
Sel1 Sel1
BN 2 2 BN

GN 3

4
+24V

Sel2
+24V

Sel2
3

4
GN

GY
D
n.c. OSSD1
GY 5 5 PK
Test OSSD2

BU
6

7
n.c. EDM
6

7
YE

BU
E
GND GND
8 8
Shield Shield

8 8
B1 B3 Y1 13 23 33 41
1)
F
UE 10-3 OS

B2 B4 Y2 14 24 34 42
G
H
C2000S C2000R
0V

2) PELV
I
Task Comments
Interfacing two cascaded C 2000 safety light curtains to
UE 10-3 OS. Operating mode without restart interlock with exter-
1) Output circuits: These contacts are to be connected to the
controller such that, with the output circuit open, the danger-
J
nal device monitoring. Restart interlock is realised via the ous state is disabled. For categories 4 and 3, the integration
machine control. must be dual-channel (x/y paths). Single-channel integration
Function
The system is enabled when the light path is clear and the
in the control (z path) is only possible with a single-channel
control and taking the risk analysis into account.
2) PELV as required in EN 60204-1 / 6.4
K
UE 10 is de-energised and functioning correctly. The OSSD1
and OSSD2 outputs are live, the UE 10 is switched on. On the
interruption of one of the light beams, the UE 10 is deactivated
by the OSSD1 and OSSD2 outputs.
The related operating instructions for the integrated devices
must be observed. L
Possible faults
Cross-circuits and short-circuits of the OSSDs are being
detected and lead to the inhibited state (lock-out). The incorrect
functioning of the UE 10 will be detected and will not result in
the loss of the shutdown function.
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
C - 103
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
C 2000 cascadable Safety light curtains

Accessories
A Mounting accessories
➜ Dimensional drawings mounting accessories see page C-106
B Designation Description Part number

4 pieces
Pivoting
C

Mounting kit 1 2 019 649



Swivel mount

For protective field height 300 mm ... 1200 mm

4 pieces

Pivoting
D Mounting kit 2 ■


Swivel mount
For protective field height 1350 mm ... 1800 mm
2 019 659

■ 4 pieces
Mounting kit 6 ■
Pivoting 2 019 506

E ■


Side bracket
4 pieces

Pivoting 2 030 288
■ For protective field height 300 mm ... 1200 mm
Stainless steel bracket
F ■


4 pieces
Pivoting 2 023 708

For protective field height 1350 mm ... 1800 mm
■ 4 pieces

G Reinforced stainless steel bracket



Pivoting
Vibration resistance 5 g, 10 Hz ... 55 Hz
Shock resistance 10 g, 16ms
2 026 850


For protective field height 1350 mm ... 1800 mm

H Connector technology

System connection Designation Description Connection cable Part number


2.5 m 6 020 537
I ■ 8-pin
5.0 m
7.5 m
6 020 354
6 020 353

Straight
M12 plug M12 cable socket 10.0 m 6 020 352

J ■
8-pin
15.0 m
5.0 m
6 020 872
6 021 342

Angled 15.0 m 6 021 343

K 0.25 m
0.5 m
6 021 000
6 021 001

Pre-assembled 1m 6 021 002
■ M12
Extension connection Cable sockets/plugs 1.5 m 6 021 003
L ■


8-pin
Straight 2m 6 021 004
2.5 m 6 021 005
3m 6 021 006

M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
C - 104
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Safety light curtains C 2000 cascadable

Interfaces

Designation Description Connection Type Part number A



With screw terminal connector
LE20-2612 1 016 503

16-pin
Safety evaluation unit LE 20 ■


With terminal plug spring
Angled LE20-2614 1 016 505
B
■ IP 20

16-pin

2 PNP OSSDs, 500 mA ■
With screw terminal connector
Safety evaluation unit
LE 20 Muting


15- and 16-pin
With terminal plug spring
LE20-2622

LE20-2624
1 016 502

1 016 501
C

15- and 16-pin

For opto-electronic protec-


tive devices
For opto-electronic protec-
— UE10-3OS2D0 6 024 917
D
— UE10-3OS3D0 6 024 918
tive devices

With screw type terminals — UE10-2OS2D0 2 019 772

Safety relay
■ With spring terminals — UE10-2OS4D0 2 019 771 E

Without terminals — UE10-2OS1D0 6 020 342

With screw type terminals — UE48-2OS2D2 6 024 915


With plug-in terminals
With screw type terminals


UE48-2OS3D2
UE48-3OS2D2
6 024 916
6 025 089
F

With plug-in terminals — UE48-3OS3D2 6 025 097

Device columns 1) G
➜ For dimensional drawings of the device columns please refer to the operating instructions/technical description. Download at www.sick.com

Designation Description

For C 2000 Standard
Part number H
(protective field height 300 mm ... 1050 mm)

For C 2000 cascadable and RES/EDM


(protective field height 150 mm ... 900 mm)
1200 mm high
2 021 333
I

Including mounting kit 1 (2 pieces)
■ For C 2000 (protective field height 150 mm ... 1200 mm)
Device column with front screen ■


1500 mm high
Including mounting kit 1 (2 pieces)
2 021 242
J

For C 2000 (protective field height 150 mm ... 1200 mm)

1700 mm high 2 021 337


Including mounting kit 1 (2 pieces)
For C 2000 (protective field height 1350 mm ... 1500 mm) K
■ 1700 mm high 2 021 332

Including mounting kit 2 (2 pieces)
1) Warning, reduction of the scanning range!

Laser alignment aid


L
Designation Description Type Part number

Laser alignment aid



Does not require connection to
power supply
AR 60 1 015 741 M

For large housing profile — 4 032 461
Adapter for AR 60

For small housing profile — 4 032 462

Continued on next page


N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
C - 105
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
C 2000 cascadable Safety light curtains

Additional front screens 1)


A Designation For protective field height (mm) Part number
300 2 022 405
450 2 022 406
B 600 2 022 407
Additional front screen (weld spark guard) 750 2 022 408
900 2 022 409

C 1050
1200
2 022 410
2 022 411
1)
Warning, reduction of the scanning range!

D Additional front screens Heavy Duty 1)

Designation For protective field height (mm) Part number


1350 2 026 860

E Additional front screen Heavy Duty


(weld spark guard) with bracket
1500
1650
2 026 861
2 026 862
1800 2 026 863

F 1)
Warning, reduction of the scanning range!

Dimensional drawings mounting accessories

G 3.8 34.3 3.8 44.4

H 8 13
44
8 13
44
19

I Ø 24
62
Ø 30.6

75
50
18

15
9
Dimensions in mm 5.5

J 36

Swivel mount
42

Swivel mount
34.5

Side bracket
6

Mounting kit 1 Mounting kit 2 Mounting kit 6


for protective field height 150 mm ... 1200 mm for protective field height 1350 mm ... 1800 mm

K 3.6 3.6
35 35 3.6

L 14.5
41

8.5 14.5 8.5 14.5


8.5
41.5 41.5
43.5
M
Ø30.6
Ø 23.8 Ø 30.6
62
48.5 51.5 59
43.7 47

N Stainless steel bracket


for protective field height 150 mm ... 1200 mm
Stainless steel bracket
for protective field height 1350 mm ... 1800 mm
Reinforced stainless steel bracket for
protective field height 1350 mm ... 1800 mm

O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
C - 106
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Safety light curtains LGT
LGT

Overview of technical specifications


A
Protective field width 0.1 m ... 6 m
Protective field height (depending on type)
Resolution
150 mm ... 900 mm
30 mm
B
Type Type 2 according to EN 50100
Enclosure rating
Sender/receiver unit
Control unit
IP 65
IP 54
C
Product description D
Due to its compact design, the LGT safety missioning and prevent unnecessary
light curtain is suitable for applications on machine downtimes. Sector-oriented serv-
small machines, where space is limited.
Functions and status information inte-
ice concepts round off the product range
and can be combined to form a customer- E
grated in the control unit allow rapid com- specific package of solutions.

Applications F
➜ For more applications please refer to the application finder at www.sick.com
■ Storage
■ Wood
and conveyor technology
industry
■ Stoneproduction
■ Electronicsindustry
G
■ Textile industry ■ Packaging industry

H
■ Restart
■ External
interlock (RES)
device monitoring
I
(EDM)
■ 7-segment display
■ Diagnostics
■ Blanking
J
■ Small design
Packaging industry: LGT on a packaging machine
K
L
M
Further information Page

➜ Ordering information C-108 N


➜ Technical specifications C-109
➜ Dimensional drawings C-110
➜ Services A-0
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
C - 107
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
LGT Safety light curtains

Ordering information
A
LGT

B LGT consisting of:


■ Sender unit (LGTS) and receiver unit (LGTE)
■ Control unit (LGTN)

C Sender and receiver units


Sender unit Receiver unit
Protective field height (mm) Type Part number Type Part number

D 150
300
LGTS015-051
LGTS030-111
1 013 413
1 013 415
LGTE015-051
LGTE030-111
1 013 414
1 013 416
450 LGTS045-171 1 013 417 LGTE045-171 1 013 418
600 LGTS060-231 1 013 419 LGTE060-231 1 013 420
E 750 LGTS075-291 1 013 421 LGTE075-291 1 013 422
900 LGTS090-351 1 013 423 LGTE090-351 1 013 424

Control units
F Designation Description Type Part number

DC 24 V LGTN101-511 6 010 683

AC 115 / 230 V + DC 24 V LGTN101-311 6 010 521

G Control unit


DC 24 V
For installation in control cabinets
LGTN101-521 6 008 527

■ AC 115 / 230 V + DC 24 V
LGTN101-321 6 008 526

For installation in control cabinets
H Accessories

I Designation Connection cable


2.5 m
Part number
6 009 923
5m 6 009 924
Connection cable with socket 10 m 6 009 926
J 15 m
20 m
6 008 410
6 008 411
Snap-on clip — 4 028 654

K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
C - 108
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Safety light curtains LGT

Detailed technical specifications


A
➜ You can find more detailed data in the operating instructions/technical description. Download at www.sick.com

General system data B


Protective field width 0.1 m ... 6 m
Protective field height (depending on type) 150 mm ... 900 mm
Resolution 30 mm C
Enclosure rating
Sender/receiver unit IP 65
Control unit LGTN IP 54
Type Type 2 according to EN 50100 D
Synchronisation Electrical synchronisation
Supply voltage Vs1)
Direct current
Residual ripple
24 V (19.2 V ... 28.8 V) DC
5 VPP E
Alternating current 115 V (92 V ... 126,5 V) AC / 230 V (184 V ... 253 V) AC
Frequency 50 Hz (48 Hz ... 62 Hz)
Power consumption Max. 13 W / 16 VA F
Response time (depending on type) Max. 50 ms
Master relay
Resistive switching capacity
Inductive switching capacity
Max. 4 A, 45 V DC
Max. 4 A, 25 V DC G
Auxiliary relay
Resistive switching capacity Max. 8 A, 55 V DC

Operating data
Inductive switching capacity Max. 8 A, 15 V DC
H
Type of connection PG11
Connection cable length
Ambient operating temperature TA
Max. 10 m
–10 °C ... +55 °C I
Storage temperature TS –25 °C ... +70 °C
Air humidity 15 % ... 95 %
Housing cross-section
Vibration resistance
10 mm x 30 mm
5 g, 10 ... 55 Hz according to IEC 60068-2-6
J
Shock resistance 10 g, 16 ms according to IEC 60068-2-29
1)
A power supply unit with safe isolation (SELV, PELV circuit) is to be used K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
C - 109
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
LGT Safety light curtains

Dimensional drawings
A
Sender unit LGTS and receiver unit LGTE

B

C
D only LGT 015

E
F
A
B

G
H
I
J Dimensions in mm

K ➀ The upper limit of the protective field is indicated by a cut-out in the housing
➁ The lower limit of the protective field is 15 mm from the end of the housing

Housing length A Protective field height B

L LGT type
015
Number of beams
5
(mm)
185
(mm)
155
030 11 335 305

M 045
060
17
23
485
635
455
605
075 29 785 755
090 35 935 905

N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
C - 110
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Safety light curtains LGT

Control unit LGTN with housing


A
B


C
D
E
F
G
➀ To insert cable: remove bush and push apart
Dimensions in mm
H
Control unit LGTN for installation in control cabinets
I

J
K


L
Push the side panels
outwards to remove
the cover. Dimensions in mm
➀ For mounting on low 20 mm mounting rail
➁ For mounting on high 28 mm mounting rail
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
C - 111
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches
Multi-beam photoelectric
safety switches
Principle of operation of multi-beam photoelectric safety switches
Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches are electro-sensitive are interrupted, the multi-beam photoelectric safety switch pro-
protective devices comprising a sender unit and a receiver unit vides a shutdown signal that is suitable for interrupting the dan-
or a sender/receiver unit on the active side and one or more gerous state on a machine or system.
deflector mirrors on the passive side. If one or more light beams

Applications for multi-beam photoelectric safety switches


Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches are used wherever In some applications, the protective device must be able to
access to a hazardous area must be protected or the hazard- unambiguously differentiate between man and material.
ous area itself must be monitored.

Machine tool industry: MSL with mirror columns on Access protection with muting on a transfer station
a punching machine

Advantages of the SICK multi-beam photoelectric safety switches


SICK’s range of multi-beam photoelectric safety switches pro- with MSM not only complies with safety requirements, but also
vides a reliable, cost-effective solution for almost every hazard- provides highly efficient automatic material transport.
ous area protection and access protection application. Custom The M 2000 is the right choice for applications where a type 2
solutions are produced using standard components that are multi-beam photoelectric safety switch is desired. Product vari-
flexible in use: From simple access protection to the complex ants with differing functionalities are available for countless
muting application with override function. applications. The use of SICK interfaces (e.g. the LE 20 Muting)
The MSL can be used for access protection and for hazardous also offers numerous advantages. The M 2000 variants in IP 67
area protection (horizontal use) if a type 4 multi-beam photoe- housings were designed for environments in which very high
lectric safety switch is required. The MSM muting module demands are made of the enclosure rating (IP 67) and the
expands the functionality of this standard product: In sectors material strength.
such as warehouse systems and conveyor systems, the MSL

Mounting and operation made easy


SICK provides a comprehensive range of accessories for multi- also to mount the devices rapidly, reliably and safely. Device and
beam photoelectric safety switches. These accessories make it mirror columns complete the range.
possible to integrate the devices in the machine control and

Services for productive safety


With services tailored specifically to your needs, SICK offers all- Address productivity and cost-effectiveness from the start: From
embracing support for the safety of your machine or system. selection and planning, through commissioning and inspection,
to maintenance and modernisation.

➜ For information about the services please refer to chapter A

© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to


D-0 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches

Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches A


B
C
D
E
F
Functions
G

aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
External device monitoring
Sender/receiver system

H
Active/passive system

Restart interlock
Beam coding

Scanning I
Muting

Safety Type according Number of range


application to IEC 61496 beams (m) Product Page

2 ... 35
0.5 ... 20
15 ... 70
✔ — ✔ 4) — ✔ ✔ MSL D-2
J
2 ... 12 0.5 ... 70 ✔ — ✔ 5)
✔ ✔ ✔ MSL coded version D-11
Type 4 1)
✔ ✔ 4) ✔ ✔
12), 22) Max. 7.53)

— ✔ ✔ 5) ✔

✔ ✔
MSLZ

MSLZ coded version


D-20

D-28
K
✔ — ✔ 6) ✔ — ✔ M 2000 Standard D-37

2 ... 9
2 ... 4
0 ... 25
0 ... 70
✔ — ✔ 6) ✔ — ✔
M 2000 Standard
in IP 67 housing
D-45
L
✔ — ✔ 6) ✔ ✔ ✔ M 2000 RES/EDM D-50
Type 2
2 ... 9 0 ... 25 ✔ — ✔ 6) ✔ — ✔ M 2000 cascadable D-58 M
— ✔ ✔ 6) — — ✔ M 2000-A/P Standard D-66
12) 0 ... 6

1)
According to prEN 50100
— ✔
4)
✔ 6)
— ✔ ✔
Muting using safety module MSM with integrated override
M 2000-A/P RES/EDM D-74
N
2) 5)
Passive side using deflector mirror Muting using safety module MSM
3) 6)
Depending on type and mirror Muting using safety evaluation unit LE 20 Muting
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D-1
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
MSL Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches

Overview of technical specifications


A
Number of beams (depending on type) 2 ... 35
Scanning range (depending on type) 20 m / 70 m
B Beam separation (depending on type)
Type
50 mm ... 500 mm
Type 4 according to EN 50100
Enclosure rating IP 65

C Product description

D MSL multi-beam photoelectric safety


switches from SICK are electro-sensitive
protective equipment. They are 2-part
Special features of the MSL multi-beam
photoelectric safety switch are listed
below:
through beam configurations, consisting of ■ Plug-in terminal chamber with PG screws
a sender and receiver unit and are suitable or different device connectors
E for access protection and hazardous area
protection. The devices were designed for
■ Short response time (20 ms)
■ Large signal reserve (factor 2)
industrial applications and benefit from the ■ Optical synchronisation of sender and
following advantages: receiver unit
F ■ No mechanically wearing parts
■ Stable modular construction
■ Multiple protection by means of deflector
mirrors and columns
■ Simple installation ■ Operating modes:
■ External device monitoring

G ■
Restart interlock
■ Muting as a supplementary module

In-system added value


H ■ Combination with SICK interfaces ■ Safe integration in bus systems

■ Actively monitored semicon- Applications


I ductor outputs
■ Restart interlock (RES)
■ External device monitoring ➜ You can find more applications using the application finder at www.sick.com
(EDM)
■ Output weak signal
J ■ Modular safety muting
(MSM)
Provides access protection of hazardous
areas on machining centres in mechanical
(such as welding lines in the automotive
industry) and automated conveying, stor-
engineering applications, robot systems age and transport systems

K
L
M Further information Page
Access protection with muting on a system with Access protection on a robot machining station
➜ Technical specifications D-4 floor transporter

N ➜ Dimensional drawings D-5


➜ Connection diagrams D-7
➜ Accessories D-7
O ➜ Services A-0

© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to


D-2
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches MSL

Ordering information
A
➜ Accessories see page D-7

MSL for access protection B


Receiver unit Sender unit

Number of
Beam
separation
Scanning
range
Muting
with over-
C
beams (mm) (m) Muting ride Type Part number Type Part number
– – MSLE02-15011 1 012 296 MSLS02-15021 1 013 748

2 500
20




MSLE02-15061A
MSLE02-15011
1 015 701
1 012 296
MSLS02-15021
MSLS02-15011
1 013 748
1 012 295
D
70
✔ ✔ MSLE02-15061A 1 015 701 MSLS02-15011 1 012 295

220
20



– MSLE03-12211
MSLE03-12261A
1 013 764
1 015 851
MSLS03-12221
MSLS03-12221
1 013 749
1 013 749
E
– – MSLE03-12211 1 013 764 MSLS03-12211 1 013 763
70
3
20




MSLE03-12261A
MSLE03-14011
1 015 851
1 013 747
MSLS03-12211
MSLS03-14021
1 013 763
1 013 750 F
✔ ✔ MSLE03-14061A 1 015 700 MSLS03-14021 1 013 750
400
– – MSLE03-14011 1 013 747 MSLS03-14011 1 013 746
70
✔ ✔ MSLE03-14061A 1 015 700 MSLS03-14011 1 013 746 G
MSL for hazardous area protection
Receiver unit Sender unit
H
Beam Scanning Muting
Number of separation range with over-
beams (mm) (m)
20
Muting

ride

Type
MSLE20-10711
Part number
1 015 703
Type
MSLS20-10721
Part number
1 016 067
I
20 70
70 – – MSLE20-10711 1 015 703 MSLS20-10711 1 015 702

23 70
20
70




MSLE23-10711
MSLE23-10711
1 015 867
1 015 867
MSLS23-10721
MSLS23-10711
1 015 924
1 015 866 J
20 – – MSLE14-10511 1 016 536 MSLS14-10521 1 016 529
14 50
70 – – MSLE14-10511 1 016 536 MSLS14-10511 1 016 522

17 50
20
70




MSLE17-10511
MSLE17-10511
1 016 537
1 016 537
MSLS17-10521
MSLS17-10511
1 016 530
1 016 523
K
20 – – MSLE20-10511 1 016 538 MSLS20-10521 1 016 531
20 50
70
20




MSLE20-10511
MSLE23-10511
1 016 538
1 016 392
MSLS20-10511
MSLS23-10521
1 016 524
1 016 391
L
23 50
70 – – MSLE23-10511 1 016 392 MSLS23-10511 1 016 390

26 50
20
70




MSLE26-10511
MSLE26-10511
1 016 539
1 016 539
MSLS26-10521
MSLS26-10511
1 016 532
1 016 525
M
20 – – MSLE29-10511 1 016 540 MSLS29-10521 1 016 533
29 50
70 – – MSLE29-10511 1 016 540 MSLS29-10511 1 016 526

32 50
20 – – MSLE32-10511 1 016 541 MSLS32-10521 1 016 534 N
70 – – MSLE32-10511 1 016 541 MSLS32-10511 1 016 527
20 – – MSLE35-10511 1 016 542 MSLS35-10521 1 016 535
35 50
70 – – MSLE35-10511 1 016 542 MSLS35-10511 1 016 528
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D-3
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
MSL Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches

Detailed technical specifications


A
➜ You can find more detailed data in the operating instructions/technical description. Download at www.sick.com

B General system data


Number of beams (depending on type) 2 ... 35
Beam separation (depending on type) 50 mm ... 500 mm

C Protection class
Enclosure rating
I
IP 65
Supply voltage VS 24 V (19.2 V ... 28.8 V) DC

D Type
Synchronization
Type 4 according to EN 50100
Optical, without separate synchronization cable

E Receiver unit
Maximum response time 20 ms
Output voltage from ... to VS – 3 V ... VS

F Maximum output current


Maximum power consumption without MSM
500 mA
<5 W (without load)
Maximum power consumption with MSM <10 W (without load, without sensors and without muting
indicator lamp)

G Maximum output current output weak signal ≤100 mA

Sender unit

H Scanning range (depending on type)


Maximum power consumption
20 m / 70 m
<7 W

Operating data
I Maximum cable cross-section with sleeve 1 mm²
Maximum cable cross-section without sleeve 1.5 mm²
Ambient operating temperature from ... to 0 °C ... +55 °C
J Storage temperature from ... to –25 °C ... +70 °C
Air humidity from ... to 15 % ... 95 %
Vibration resistance 5 g, 10 Hz ... 55 Hz according toIEC 60068-2-6

K Shock resistance 10 g according to IEC 60068-2-29

L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D-4
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches MSL

Dimensional drawings
A
MSL
PG 13.5

31
B
21

D
E

D
R3

E
C
R2

B
A

Cross section
Detail A

F
R1

G
F

H
23 27.5

52
Detail A
14
I
6
3.5

2.2

J
55

6.7

10.5 Dimensions in mm

Type
MSL 02-150 500
A B
684 524
C D
80
E
107
F
77
R1
500
R2

R3

K
MSL 03-122 440 597 437 80 107 50 220 – –
MSL 03-140
MSL 20-107
800
1330
985
1585
825
1425
80
80
107
107
78
148
400
70




L
MSL 23-107 1540 1736 1576 80 107 89 70 – –
MSL 14-105
MSL 17-105
650
800
835
985
675
825
80
80
107
107
78
78
50
50



– M
MSL 20-105 950 1135 975 80 107 78 50 – –
MSL 23-105 1100 1285 1125 80 107 78 50 – –
MSL 26-105
MSL 29-105
1250
1400
1435
1586
1275
1426
80
80
107
107
78
79
50
50




N
MSL 32-105 1550 1736 1576 80 107 79 50 – –
MSL 35-105 1700 1886 1726 80 107 79 50 – –
Dimensions in mm
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D-5
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
MSL Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches

MSL with MSM muting expansion module


A Detail A
14
6

3.5
69
55

2.2

6.7
52

C 10.5

23 27,5

D
80
E

E
F Detail A
C

G
B
A

H
I
F

J B2
D

B1
238

K A2
179

A1

L
31

Dimensions in mm

M Type
MSL 02-x50 500
A B
663
C
524
D
265
E
77
F
86
MSL 03-x22 440 576 437 265 50 86

N MSL 03-x40 800 964 825 265 78 86


Dimensions in mm

O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D-6
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches MSL

Connection diagrams
A
➜ You can find connection diagrams at www.sick.com

Accessories
B
Mounting systems
Description Type of fastening Packing unit Part number
C
Mounting kit 1 Rigid 4 7 021 352
Mounting kit 2 Adjustable 4 2 017 751
Mounting kit 3 Adjustable, vibration-absorbing 4 2 017 752 D
Sliding nuts/sliding blocks
Description Packing unit
4
Remark
Supplied with delivery
Part number
2 017 550
E
Sliding block (sliding nut)
1 – 5 305 719

Plug-in terminal chambers


F
Direction of the
Number For system cable outlet on
Description of poles part the plug
Straight
Enclosure rating
IP 65
Remark

Part number
2 018 550
G
Receiver
Harting terminal Angled IP 65 – 2 018 551
8
chamber
Sender
Straight
Angled
IP 65
IP 65


2 018 549
2 019 081
H
Output weak signal not
Receiver Straight IP 67 2 018 539
7 connected
Hirschmann
terminal chamber
12
Sender
Receiver
Straight
Straight
IP 67
IP 67


7 021 354
2 018 584
I
9 Sender Straight IP 65 – 2 017 536
Interconnectron
terminal chambe 12 Receiver
Straight
Angled
IP 65
IP 65


2 017 537
2 017 755
J
Cable sockets
Direction of the
K
Enclosure Connection cable outlet
Description rating type on the plug Cable diameter Part number

Harting cable socket


M26 x 8
IP 65 Crimped Straight
11 mm ... 15 mm
15 mm ... 20.5 mm
6 011 105
6 011 058
L
Hirschmann cable socket Straight – 6 006 612
IP 65 Crimped
M26 x 7

Hirschmann cable socket


IP 65 Crimp contacts
Angled
Straight


6 006 613
6 020 757 M
M26 x 11 + FE Angled – 6 020 758
Interconnectron cable socket
M26 x 9
Interconnectron cable socket
IP 65 Crimped Straight – 6 008 440
N
IP 65 Crimped Straight – 6 008 441
M26 x 12

O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D-7
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
MSL Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches

Connection cables muting sensor to MSM


A Number of
poles
Enclosure
rating
Type of connection to
the muting sensor Cable length Remark Part number
Suitable for muting sensor WT 24,
2m 6 008 649
B 5m
WL 24, WT 260
Suitable for muting sensor WT 24,
6 008 650
WL 24, WT 260
Cable socket
Suitable for muting sensor WL 12,
2m 6 021 092
C 4 IP 65
5m
WL 14, WL 18, WL 23 and WL 27
Suitable for muting sensor WL 12,
6 021 093
WL 14, WL 18, WL 23 and WL 27
2m – 6 010 974

D Cable connection 5m
10 m


6 010 976
6 008 652

E Angled plug for MSM


Direction of the cable outlet on
Number of poles the plug Enclosure rating Part number
4 Angled IP 65 6 008 651
F
Muting indicator lamps
Type of connection to

G Type of muting indicator the indicator Cable length

2m
Delivery
Incl. connection cable
Part number

2 017 768
Indicator lamp (bulb) Cable connection and mounting kit
10 m Incl. connection cable 2 018 504

H 2m
Incl. connection cable
and mounting kit
2 019 909
LED lamp Cable connection
Incl. connection cable
10 m 2 019 910
and mounting kit
I
Muting accessories, miscellaneous
Description Part number

J Exchange bulb, muting indicator lamp


Replacement housing, muting indicator lamp
6 008 654
6 008 645
Protective cap for quick-disconnect socket on MSM 6 011 170

K Power supplies
Input voltage from ... to Output voltage Maximum output current Part number

L 120 V ... 230 V AC 24 V AC


2.5 A
4A
6 010 361
6 010 362

Mirror columns 1)
M Front cover material Length Deflection angle Beam separation Part number
500 mm 1 015 041
Front metal sheet 1121 mm 90°
400 mm 1 015 040
N 1) Warning, reduction of the scanning range!

O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D-8
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches MSL

Device columns and muting device columns

Type of A
Beam Front cover muting
Description Length separation material Muting indicator Remark Part number

Device column
1221 mm
400 mm
500 mm
Front metal sheet
Front metal sheet




Incl. mounting kit
Incl. mounting kit
2 018 153
2 018 154
B
– Front screen 1) – – Incl. mounting kit 2 018 608
1)
1721 mm – Front screen – – Incl. mounting kit 2 018 767

Front metal sheet ✔


Indicator lamp
Incl. lamps,
lamp cable and 2 018 741
C
(bulb)
mounting kit
1286 mm 500 mm

Front metal sheet ✔ LED lamp


Incl. lamps,
lamp cable and
mounting kit
2 022 998 D
Muting device
1521 mm 400 mm Front metal sheet ✔ – Incl. mounting kit 2 018 781
column
Indicator lamp
(bulb)
Incl. lamps,
lamp cable and
mounting kit
2 018 729 E
1586 mm 400 mm Front metal sheet ✔
Incl. lamps,
LED lamp lamp cable and
mounting kit
2 022 995
F
1)
Warning, reduction of the scanning range!

➜ For dimensional drawings of the device columns and mirror columns please refer to the “Easy Order – MSL and Accessories”.
Download at www.sick.com
G
Other mirror parts
Description Height Remark Part number
H
Complete for mounting in mirror
Mirror insert – 2 018 537
column

Adapter plate 3 mm
Suitable for floor mounting of mirror
or device column
4 031 053 I
Muting modules
Description Muting with override Part number
J
MSM01-1A – 1 013 769
MSM02-1A ✔ 1 015 699
K
Laser alignment aid
Description Maximum scanning range Type of light Part number
Laser alignment aid AR 60
Adapter AR 60 / MSL, click-on
60 m

Red light

1 015 741
4 030 282
L
Adapter AR 60 / MSL, screwable – – 2 016 629

M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D-9
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
MSL Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches

Dimensional drawings mounting accessories


A
5.3
M5
10 5
24
B

14 12
M5 x 10

25

50
C

4.8
22
44 ø 8.3

D
E Mounting bracket, fixed, mounting kit 1

F
G 80
65
M5 x 18 40 23

51
2
11
30

I
Mounting bracket, pivotable, mounting kit 2

J
K 90
65 25
40 23

L M5 x 20
11

51
30

M 2
Mounting bracket, pivotable, vibration-absorbing, mounting kit 3
Dimensions in mm

N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 10
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches MSL coded version

Overview of technical specifications


A
Number of beams (depending on type) 2 ... 12
Scanning range 70 m
Beam separation (depending on type)
Type
120 mm ... 500 mm
Type 4 according to EN 50100
B
Enclosure rating IP 65

Product description
C
MSL multi-beam photoelectric safety
switches from SICK are electro-sensitive
Special features of the MSL coded version
multi-beam photoelectric safety switch are D
protective equipment. They are 2-part listed below:
through beam configurations, consisting of ■ Plug-in terminal chamber with PG screws
a sender and receiver unit and are suitable or different device connectors
for access protection and hazardous area
protection. The devices were designed for
■ Short response time (20 ms)
■ Large signal reserve (factor 2)
E
industrial applications and benefit from the ■ Optical synchronisation of sender and
following advantages: receiver unit
■ No mechanically wearing parts
■ Stable modular construction
■ Multiple protection by means of deflector
mirrors and columns
F
■ Simple installation ■ Operating modes:
■ External device monitoring

■ Restart interlock


Beam coding G
■ Muting as a supplementary module

In-system added value H


■ Combination with SICK interfaces ■ Safe integration in bus systems ■ Actively monitored semicon-

Applications
ductor outputs
■ Restart interlock (RES) I
■ External device monitoring
(EDM)
■ Output weak signal
➜ You can find more applications using the application finder at www.sick.com
■ Modular safety muting
(MSM)
J
Provides access protection of hazardous (such as welding lines in the automotive
areas on machining centres in mechanical industry) and automated conveying, stor-
engineering applications, robot systems age and transport systems
K
L
Further information

➜ Ordering information
Page

D-12
M
➜ Technical specifications D-13
Access protection with muting on a system with
floor transporter
Access protection on a robot machining station
➜ Dimensional drawings D-14 N
➜ Connection diagrams D-16
➜ Accessories D-16

➜ Services A-0
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 11
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
MSL coded version Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches

Ordering information
A
➜ Accessories see page D-16

B Receiver unit Sender unit


Beam Scanning Muting
Number of separation range with

C beams

2
(mm) (m) Muting

override

Type
MSLE02-25011
Part number
1 015 620
Type
MSLS02-25071
Part number
1 015 619
500 70
✔ – MSLE02-25051A 1 015 635 MSLS02-25071 1 015 619

D 3
220 70

– –

MSLE03-22211
MSLE03-22251A
1 015 624
1 015 637
MSLS03-22271
MSLS03-22271
1 015 623
1 015 623
– – MSLE03-24011 1 015 618 MSLS03-24071 1 015 617
400 70
✔ – MSLE03-24051A 1 015 636 MSLS03-24071 1 015 617
E 4
5
120
220
70
70




MSLE04-21211
MSLE05-22211
1 015 626
1 015 622
MSLS04-21271
MSLS05-22271
1 015 625
1 015 621
6 220 70 – – MSLE06-22211 1 015 628 MSLS06-22271 1 015 627

F 7
120
130
70
70




MSLE07-21211
MSLE07-21311
1 015 630
1 015 639
MSLS07-21271
MSLS07-21371
1 015 629
1 015 638
8 120 70 – – MSLE08-21211 1 015 632 MSLS08-21271 1 015 631

G 12 120 70 – – MSLE12-21211 1 015 634 MSLS12-21271 1 015 633

H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 12
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches MSL coded version

Detailed technical specifications


A
➜ You can find more detailed data in the operating instructions/technical description. Download at www.sick.com

General system data B


Number of beams (depending on type) 2 ... 12
Beam separation (depending on type) 120 mm ... 500 mm
Protection class
Enclosure rating
I
IP 65
C
Supply voltage VS 24 V (19.2 V ... 28.8 V) DC
Type
Synchronization
Type 4 according to EN 50100
Optical, without separate synchronization cable
D
Receiver unit
Maximum response time 15 ms
E
Output voltage from ... to VS – 3 V ... VS
Maximum output current
Maximum power consumption without MSM
500 mA
<5 W (without load) F
Maximum power consumption with MSM <10 W (without load, without sensors and without muting
indicator lamp)
Maximum output current output weak signal ≤200 mA
G
Sender unit
Scanning range (depending on type)
Maximum power consumption
70 m
<7 W
H
Operating data
Maximum cable cross-section with sleeve 1 mm² I
Maximum cable cross-section without sleeve 1.5 mm²
Ambient operating temperature from ... to 0 °C ... +55 °C
Storage temperature from ... to –25 °C ... +70 °C J
Air humidity from ... to 15 % ... 95 %
Vibration resistance 5 g, 10 Hz ... 55 Hz according to IEC 60068-2-6
Shock resistance 10 g according to IEC 60068-2-29
K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 13
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
MSL coded version Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches

Dimensional drawings
A
MSL coded version

B PG 13.5

31
21
C

D
E

D
R3

E C
R2

B
A

Cross section

F Detail A
R1

G
H
F

I 23 27.5

Detail A
52 14

J 6
3.5

2.2
55

6.7

K 10.5
Dimensions in mm

Type A B C D E F R1 R2 R3

L MSL 02-250
MSL 03-222
500
440
684
597
524
437
80
80
107
107
77
50
500
220




MSL 03-240 800 985 825 80 107 78 400 – –

M MSL 04-212
MSL 05-222
360
880
534
1041
374
881
80
80
107
107
67
54
120
220




MSL 06-222 1100 1285 1125 80 107 78 220 – –
MSL 07-212 720 880 720 80 107 53 120 – –

N MSL 07-213
MSL 08-212
780
840
985
1041
825
881
80
80
107
107
98
94
130
120




MSL 12-212 1320 1486 1326 80 107 59 120 – –

O Dimensions in mm

© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to


D - 14
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches MSL coded version

MSL coded version with MSM muting expansion module


Detail A
A
14
6

B
3.5
69
55

2.2

6.7
52
10.5
C
23 27,5

D
80
E

Detail A
F
C

G
B
A

H
I
F

B2
J
D

B1
238

A2
K
179

A1

L
31

Dimensions in mm

Type
MSL 02-x50 500
A B
663
C
524
D
265
E
77
F
86
M
MSL 03-x22 440 576 437 265 50 86
MSL 03-x40 800 964 825 265 78 86
Dimensions in mm
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 15
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
MSL coded version Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches

Connection diagrams
A
➜ You can find connection diagrams at www.sick.com

B Accessories
Mounting systems
C Description Type of fastening Packing unit Part number
Mounting kit 1 Rigid 4 7 021 352
Mounting kit 2 Adjustable 4 2 017 751
D Mounting kit 3 Adjustable, vibration-absorbing 4 2 017 752

Sliding nuts/sliding blocks

E Description Packing unit


4
Remark
Supplied with delivery
Part number
2 017 550
Sliding block (sliding nut)
1 – 5 305 719

F Plug-in terminal chambers


Direction of the
Number For system cable outlet on
G Description of poles part the plug
Straight
Enclosure rating
IP 65
Remark

Part number
2 018 550
Receiver
Harting terminal Angled IP 65 – 2 018 551
8
H chamber
Sender
Straight
Angled
IP 65
IP 65


2 018 549
2 019 081
Output weak signal not
Receiver Straight IP 67 2 018 539
7 connected
I Hirschmann
terminal chamber
12
Sender
Receiver
Straight
Straight
IP 67
IP 67


7 021 354
2 018 584
9 Sender Straight IP 65 – 2 017 536

J Interconnectron
terminal chamber 12 Receiver
Straight
Angled
IP 65
IP 65


2 017 537
2 017 755

K Cable sockets
Direction of the
Enclosure Connection cable outlet
Description rating type on the plug Cable diameter Part number

L Harting cable socket


M26 x 8
IP 65 Crimped Straight
11 mm ... 15 mm
15 mm ... 20.5 mm
6 011 105
6 011 058

Hirschmann cable socket Straight – 6 006 612


IP 65 Crimped
M26 x 7
M Hirschmann cable socket
IP 65 Crimp contacts
Angled
Straight


6 006 613
6 020 757
M26 x 11 + FE Angled – 6 020 758
Interconnectron cable socket
N M26 x 9
Interconnectron cable socket
IP 65 Crimped Straight – 6 008 440

IP 65 Crimped Straight – 6 008 441


M26 x 12

O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 16
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches MSL coded version

Connection cables muting sensor to MSM


Number of
poles
Enclosure
rating
Type of connection to
the muting sensor Cable length Remark Part number
A
Suitable for muting sensor WT 24,
2m 6 008 649

5m
WL 24, WT 260
Suitable for muting sensor WT 24,
6 008 650
B
WL 24, WT 260
Cable socket
Suitable for muting sensor WL 12,
2m 6 021 092
4 IP 65
5m
WL 14, WL 18, WL 23 and WL 27
Suitable for muting sensor WL 12,
6 021 093
C
WL 14, WL 18, WL 23 and WL 27
2m – 6 010 974
Cable connection 5m
10 m


6 010 976
6 008 652
D
Angled plug for MSM
Direction of the cable outlet on
E
Number of poles the plug Enclosure rating Part number
4 Angled IP 65 6 008 651
F
Muting indicator lamps
Type of connection to
Type of muting indicator the indicator Cable length

2m
Delivery
Incl. connection cable
Part number

2 017 768
G
Indicator lamp (bulb) Cable connection and mounting kit
10 m Incl. connection cable 2 018 504

2m
Incl. connection cable
and mounting kit
2 019 909 H
LED lamp Cable connection
Incl. connection cable
10 m 2 019 910
and mounting kit
I
Muting accessories, miscellaneous
Description Part number
Exchange bulb, muting indicator lamp
Replacement housing, muting indicator lamp
6 008 654
6 008 645
J
Protective cap for quick-disconnect socket on MSM 6 011 170

Power supplies
K
Input voltage from ... to Output voltage Maximum output current Part number

120 V ... 230 V AC 24 V AC


2.5 A
4A
6 010 361
6 010 362
L
Mirror columns 1)
Front cover material Length Deflection angle Beam separation Part number M
500 mm 1 015 041
Front metal sheet 1121 mm 90°
400 mm 1 015 040

1) Warning, reduction of the scanning range!


Continued on next page N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 17
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
MSL coded version Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches

Device columns and muting device columns


A Type of
Beam Front cover muting
Description Length separation material Muting indicator Remark Part number

B Device column
1221 mm
400 mm
500 mm
Front metal sheet
Front metal sheet




Incl. mounting kit
Incl. mounting kit
2 018 153
2 018 154
– Front screen 1) – – Incl. mounting kit 2 018 608
1721 mm – Front screen 1) – – Incl. mounting kit 2 018 767
C Front metal sheet ✔
Indicator lamp
Incl. lamps,
lamp cable and 2 018 741
(bulb)
mounting kit
1286 mm 500 mm

D Front metal sheet ✔ LED lamp


Incl. lamps,
lamp cable and
mounting kit
2 022 998

Muting device
1521 mm 400 mm Front metal sheet ✔ – Incl. mounting kit 2 018 781
column

E Indicator lamp
(bulb)
Incl. lamps,
lamp cable and
mounting kit
2 018 729

1586 mm 400 mm Front metal sheet ✔


Incl. lamps,

F LED lamp lamp cable and


mounting kit
2 022 995

1) Warning,
reduction of the scanning range!

G ➜ For dimensional drawings of the device columns and mirror columns please refer to the “Easy Order – MSL and Accessories”.
Download at www.sick.com

Other mirror parts


H Description Height Remark Part number
Complete for mounting in mirror
Mirror insert – 2 018 537
column

I Adapter plate 3 mm
Suitable for floor mounting of mirror
or device column
4 031 053

Muting module
J Description Muting with override Part number
MSM01-1A – 1 013 769

K Laser alignment aid


Description Maximum scanning range Type of light Part number
Laser alignment aid AR 60 60 m Red light 1 015 741

L Adapter AR 60 / MSL, click-on


Adapter AR 60 / MSL, screwable




4 030 282
2 016 629

M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 18
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches MSL coded version

Dimensional drawings mounting accessories


A
5.3
M5
10 5
24
B

14 12
M5 x 10

25

50
C

4.8
22
44 ø 8.3

D
Mounting bracket, fixed, mounting kit 1
E
F
80 G
65
M5 x 18 40 23

H
51
2
11
30

I
Mounting bracket, pivotable, mounting kit 2

J
90
65 25 K
40 23

M5 x 20
L
11

51
30

2
Mounting bracket, pivotable, vibration-absorbing, mounting kit 3
M
Dimensions in mm

N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 19
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
MSLZ Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches

WS/WE 12-2

Overview of technical specifications


A
Number of beams (depending on type) 1/2
Scanning range Max. 7.5 m
B Beam separation (depending on type)
Type
500 mm / 400-170-400 mm
Type 4 according to EN 50100
Enclosure rating IP 65

C Product description

D The MSLZ multi-beam photoelectric safety


switch comprises a sender/receiver unit on
the active side (Z) and one or more deflec-
Special features of the MSLZ multi-beam
photoelectric safety switch are listed
below:
tor mirrors on the passive side. It is suitable ■ Plug-in terminal chamber with PG screws
for access protection of hazardous areas. or different device connectors
E The devices were designed for industrial
applications and benefit from the following
■ Short response time (20 ms)
■ Large signal reserve (factor 2)
advantages: ■ Only one active side, simpler wiring
■ No mechanically wearing parts
■ Operating modes:

F ■ Stable modular construction


■ Simple installation
■ External device monitoring


Restart interlock
■ Muting as a supplementary module

G In-system added value


■ Actively monitored semicon- ■ Combination with SICK interfaces ■ Safe integration in bus systems
ductor outputs
H ■ Integral evaluation circuit
■ Only one active side, so less
Applications
wiring
■ Modular safety muting

I (MSM)
➜ You can find more applications using the application finder at www.sick.com

Provides access protection of hazardous (such as welding lines in the automotive


areas on machining centres in mechanical industry) and automated conveying, stor-
J engineering applications, robot systems age and transport systems

K
L
M Access protection with muting on a packaging
machine
Access protection with muting on a transfer sta-
tion

Further information Page

N ➜ Dimensional drawings D-22


➜ Connection diagrams D-24
➜ Accessories D-24
O ➜ Services A-0

© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to


D - 20
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches MSLZ

Ordering information
A
➜ Accessories see page D-24

Sender/reiceiver in one housing Mirror


B
Scanning Muting
Number of Beam separa- range with
beams tion (mm) (m) Muting override

Type
MSLZ01-15061A
Part number
1 015 569
Type
PSZ01-1501
Part number
1 015 693
C

1 500 6.1 ✔ MSLZ01-15021A 1 015 803 PSZ01-1501 1 015 693

2 400-170-400 4.5




MSLZ01-15031
MSLZ02-10321A
1 013 771
1 019 177
PSZ01-1501
PSZ02-1011S01
1 015 693
1 019 225 D
– – MSLZ02-10331 1 019 176 PSZ02-1011S01 1 019 225

Detailed technical specifications E


➜ You can find more detailed data in the operating instructions/technical description. Download at www.sick.com
F
General system data
Number of beams (depending on type)
Beam separation (depending on type)
1/2
500 mm / 400-170-400 mm G
Protection class I
Enclosure rating IP 65
Supply voltage VS
Type
24 V (19.2 V ... 28.8 V) DC
Type 4 according to EN 50100
H
Synchronization Optical, without separate synchronization cable

Sender/reiceiver in one housing


I
Maximum response time 20 ms
Output voltage from ... to
Maximum output current
VS – 3 V ...VS
500 mA
J
Maximum power consumption without MSM <12 W (without load)
Maximum power consumption with MSM

Maximum output current output weak signal


<17 W (without load, without sensors and without muting
indicator lamp)
≤100 mA
K
Operating data
Maximum cable cross-section with sleeve 1 mm²
L
Maximum cable cross-section without sleeve 1.5 mm²
Ambient operating temperature from ... to
Storage temperature from ... to
0 °C ... +55 °C
–25 °C ... +70 °C
M
Air humidity from ... to 15 % ... 95 %
Vibration resistance 5 g, 10 Hz ... 55 Hz according to IEC 60068-2-6
Shock resistance 10 g according to IEC 60068-2-29 N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 21
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
MSLZ Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches

Dimensional drawings
A
MSLZ

B PG 13.5

31
C 21

D
E

D
R3

E
C
R2

B
A

F Cross section
Detail A

G
R1

H
F

I 23 27.5

Detail A

J 52 14
6
3.5

2.2
55

6.7

K Dimensions in mm
10.5

L Type A B C D E F R1 R2 R3
MSLZ 01-150 500 684 524 80 97 87 500 – –
MSLZ 02-103 970 1285 1125 80 107 208 400 170 400
M Dimensions in mm

N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 22
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches MSLZ

MSLZ with MSM muting expansion module


Detail A
A
14
6

B
3.5
69
55

2.2

6.7
52
10.5
C
23 27,5

D
80
E

E
F
Detail A
C

G
B
A

H
I
F

B2
J
D

B1
238

A2
K
179

A1

L
31

Dimensions in mm

Type A B C D E F
M
MSLZ 01-x50 500 663 524 255 87 76
Dimensions in mm
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 23
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
MSLZ Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches

Connection diagrams
A
➜ You can find connection diagrams at www.sick.com

B Accessories
Mounting systems
C Description Type of fastening Packing unit Part number
Mounting kit 1 Rigid 4 7 021 352
Mounting kit 2 Adjustable 4 2 017 751
D Mounting kit 3 Adjustable, vibration-absorbing 4 2 017 752

Sliding nuts/sliding blocks

E Description Packing unit


4
Remark
Supplied with delivery
Part number
2 017 550
Sliding block (sliding nut)
1 – 5 305 719

F Plug-in terminal chambers


Direction of the
Number of cable outlet
G Description poles on the plug
Straight
Enclosure rating
IP 65
Remark

Part number
2 018 550
Harting terminal chamber 8
Angled IP 65 – 2 018 551

H Hirschmann terminal
chamber
7 Straight IP 67
Output weak signal not
connected
2 018 539

12 Straight IP 67 – 2 018 584


Interconnectron terminal Straight IP 65 – 2 017 537
I chamber 12
Angled IP 65 – 2 017 755

Cable sockets
J Enclosure Connection
Direction of the
cable outlet
Description rating type on the plug Cable diameter Part number

K Harting cable socket


M26 x 8
IP 65 Crimped Straight
11 mm ... 15 mm
15 mm ... 20.5 mm
6 011 105
6 011 058

Hirschmann cable socket Straight – 6 006 612


IP 65 Crimped
M26 x 7 Angled – 6 006 613
L Hirschmann cable socket
M26 x 11 + FE
IP 65 Crimp contacts
Straight – 6 020 757
Angled – 6 020 758
Interconnectron cable socket
IP 65 Crimped Straight – 6 008 441
M M26 x 12

N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 24
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches MSLZ

Connection cables muting sensor to MSM


Number of
poles
Enclosure
rating
Type of connection to
the muting sensor Cable length Remark
Part number
A
Suitable for muting sensor WT 24,
2m 6 008 649

5m
WL 24, WT 260
Suitable for muting sensor WT 24,
6 008 650
B
WL 24, WT 260
Cable socket
Suitable for muting sensor WL 12,
2m 6 021 092
4 IP 65
5m
WL 14, WL 18, WL 23 and WL 27
Suitable for muting sensor WL 12,
6 021 093
C
WL 14, WL 18, WL 23 and WL 27
2m – 6 010 974
Cable connection 5m
10 m


6 010 976
6 008 652
D
Angled plug for MSM
Direction of the cable outlet on
E
Number of poles the plug Enclosure rating Part number
4 Angled IP 65 6 008 651
F
Muting indicator lamps
Type of connection to
Type of muting indicator the indicator Cable length

2m
Delivery
Incl. connection cable
Part number

2 017 768
G
Indicator lamp (bulb) Cable connection and mounting kit
10 m Incl. connection cable 2 018 504

2m
Incl. connection cable
and mounting kit
2 019 909 H
LED lamp Cable connection
Incl. connection cable
10 m 2 019 910
and mounting kit
I
Muting accessories, miscellaneous
Description Part number
Exchange bulb, muting indicator lamp
Replacement housing, muting indicator lamp
6 008 654
6 008 645
J
Protective cap for quick-disconnect socket on MSM 6 011 170

Power supplies
K
Input voltage from ... to Output voltage Maximum output current Part number

120 V ... 230 V AC 24 V AC


2.5 A
4A
6 010 361
6 010 362
L
Mirror column 1)
Front cover material Length Deflection angle Beam separation Part number M
Front metal sheet 1121 mm 90° 500 mm 1 015 042
Continued on next page
1) Warning, reduction of the scanning range!
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 25
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
MSLZ Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches

Device columns and muting device columns


A Type of
Beam Front cover muting
Description Length separation material Muting indicator Remark Part number

B Device column
1221 mm
500 mm

Front metal sheet
Front screen 1)




Incl. mounting kit
Incl. mounting kit
2 018 154
2 018 608
1721 mm – Front screen 1) – – Incl. mounting kit 2 018 767
Incl. lamps,
C Muting device
1286 mm 500 mm Front metal sheet ✔ LED lamp lamp cable and
mounting kit
2 022 998

column Incl. lamps,


Indicator lamp
1586 mm 400 mm Front metal sheet ✔ lamp cable and 2 018 741
D (bulb)
mounting kit

1)
Warning, reduction of the scanning range!

E ➜ For dimensional drawings of the device columns and mirror columns please refer to the “Easy Order – MSL and Accessories”.
Download at www.sick.com

Deflector mirror

F Description Scanning range


7.5 m (with MSLZ01-150)
Remark
Incl. mounting set, not suitable for
Part number

PSK45
4.5 m (with MSLZ02-103) column mounting 5 306 053

G Other mirror parts


Description Height Remark Part number
Complete for mounting in mirror
H Mirror insert –
column
Suitable for floor mounting of mirror
2 018 537

Adapter plate 3 mm
or device column 4 031 053

I Muting modules
Description Muting with override Part number
MSM01-1A – 1 013 769
J MSM02-1A ✔ 1 015 699

Laser alignment aid


K Description
Laser alignment aid AR 60
Maximum scanning range
60 m
Type of light
Red light
Part number
1 015 741
Adapter AR 60 / MSL, click-on – – 4 030 282

L Adapter AR 60 / MSL, screwable – – 2 016 629

M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 26
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches MSLZ

Dimensional drawings mounting accessories


A
5.3
M5
10 5
24
B

14 12
M5 x 10

25

50
C

4.8
22
44 ø 8.3

D
Mounting bracket, fixed, mounting kit 1 E
F
80
65
G
M5 x 18 40 23

H
51
2
11
30

I
Mounting bracket, pivotable, mounting kit 2

J
90
65
40
25
23
K
M5 x 20
L
11

51
30

2
Mounting bracket, pivotable, vibration-absorbing, mounting kit 3
M
Dimensions in mm

N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 27
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
MSLZ coded version Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches

WS/WE 12-2

Overview of technical specifications


A
Number of beams (depending on type) 1/2
Scanning range Max. 7.5 m
B Beam separation (depending on type)
Type
500 mm / 400-170-400 mm
Type 4 according to EN 50100
Enclosure rating IP 65

C Product description

D The MSLZ coded version multi-beam pho-


toelectric safety switch comprises a
sender/receiver unit on the active side (Z)
Special features of the MSLZ coded ver-
sion multi-beam photoelectric safety switch
are listed below:
and one or more deflector mirrors on the ■ Plug-in terminal chamber with PG screws
passive side. It is suitable for access pro- or different device connectors
E tection of hazardous areas. The devices
were designed for industrial applications
■ Short response time (20 ms)
■ Large signal reserve (factor 2)
and benefit from the following advantages: ■ Only one active side, simpler wiring
■ No mechanically wearing parts
■ Operating modes:

F ■ Stable modular construction


■ Simple installation
■ External device monitoring

■ Restart interlock

■ Beam coding

■ Muting as a supplementary module

G In-system added value


■ Combination with SICK interfaces ■ Safe integration in bus systems
H ■ Actively monitored semicon-
ductor outputs
■ Integral evaluation circuit Applications
■ Only one active side, so less

I wiring
■ Modular safety muting ➜ You can find more applications using the application finder at www.sick.com
(MSM)
Provides access protection of hazardous (such as welding lines in the automotive

J areas on machining centres in mechanical


engineering applications, robot systems
industry) and automated conveying, stor-
age and transport systems

K
L
M Access protection with muting on a packaging
machine
Access protection with muting on a transfer sta-
tion
Further information Page

N ➜ Dimensional drawings D-30


➜ Connection diagrams D-32
➜ Accessories D-32
O ➜ Services A-0

© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to


D - 28
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches MSLZ coded version

Ordering information
A
➜ Accessories see page D-32

Sender/reiceiver in one housing Mirror


B
Beam Scanning Muting
Number of separation range with
beams (mm) (m) Muting

override

Type
MSLZ01-25031
Part number
1 015 670
Type
PSZ01-1501
Part number
1 015 693
C
1 500 6.1
✔ – MSLZ01-25061A 1 015 671 PSZ01-1501 1 015 693
2 400-170-400 4.5 – – MSLZ02-20331 1 016 264 PSZ02-1011S01 1 019 225
D
Detailed technical specifications
➜ You can find more detailed data in the operating instructions/technical description. Download at www.sick.com E
General system data
Number of beams (depending on type) 1/2
F
Beam separation (depending on type) 500 mm / 400-170-400 mm
Protection class
Enclosure rating
I
IP 65 G
Supply voltage VS 24 V (19.2 V ... 28.8 V) DC
Type Type 4 according to EN 50100
Synchronization Optical, without separate synchronization cable H
Sender/receiver in one housing
Maximum response time
Output voltage from ... to
15 ms
VS – 3 V ...VS
I
Maximum output current 500 mA
Maximum power consumption without MSM
Maximum power consumption with MSM
<12 W (without load)
<17 W (without load, without sensors and without muting
J
indicator lamp)
Maximum output current output weak signal ≤200 mA

Operating data
K
Maximum cable cross-section with sleeve 1 mm²
Maximum cable cross-section without sleeve
Ambient operating temperature from ... to
1.5 mm²
0 °C ... +55 °C
L
Storage temperature from ... to –25 °C ... +70 °C
Air humidity from ... to
Vibration resistance
15 % ... 95 %
5 g, 10 Hz ... 55 Hz according to IEC 60068-2-6 M
Shock resistance 10 g according to IEC 60068-2-29

N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 29
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
MSLZ coded version Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches

Dimensional drawings
A
MSLZ coded version

B PG 13.5

31
C 21

D
E

D
R3

E
C
R2

B
A

F Cross section
Detail A

G
R1

H
F

I 23 27.5

Detail A

J 52 14
6
3.5

2.2
55

6.7

K Dimensions in mm
10.5

L Type A B C D E F R1 R2 R3
MSLZ 01-250 500 684 524 80 97 87 500 – –

M MSLZ 02-203 970 1285 1125 80 107 208 400 170 400
Dimensions in mm

N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 30
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches MSLZ coded version

MSLZ with MSM muting expansion module


Detail A
A
14
6

B
3.5
69
55

2.2

6.7
52
10.5
C
23 27,5

D
80
E

E
F
Detail A
C

G
B
A

H
I
F

B2
J
D

B1
238

A2
K
179

A1

L
31

Dimensions in mm

Type A B C D E F
M
MSLZ 01-x50 500 663 524 255 87 76
Dimensions in mm
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 31
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
MSLZ coded version Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches

Connection diagrams
A
➜ You can find connection diagrams at www.sick.com

B Accessories
Mounting systems
C Description Type of fastening Packing unit Part number
Mounting kit 1 Rigid 4 7 021 352
Mounting kit 2 Adjustable 4 2 017 751
D Mounting kit 3 Adjustable, vibration-absorbing 4 2 017 752

Sliding nuts/sliding blocks

E Description Packing unit


4
Remark
Supplied with delivery
Part number
2 017 550
Sliding block (sliding nut)
1 – 5 305 719

F Plug-in terminal chambers


Direction of the
Number of cable outlet
G Description poles on the plug
Straight
Enclosure rating
IP 65
Remark

Part number
2 018 550
Harting terminal chamber 8
Angled IP 65 – 2 018 551

H Hirschmann terminal
chamber
7 Straight IP 67
Output weak signal not
connected
2 018 539

12 Straight IP 67 – 2 018 584


Interconnectron terminal Straight IP 65 – 2 017 537
I chamber 12
Angled IP 65 – 2 017 755

Cable sockets
J Enclosure Connection
Direction of the
cable outlet
Description rating type on the plug Cable diameter Part number

K Harting cable socket


M26 x 8
IP 65 Crimped Straight
11 mm ... 15 mm
15 mm ... 20.5 mm
6 011 105
6 011 058

Hirschmann cable socket Straight – 6 006 612


IP 65 Crimped
M26 x 7 Angled – 6 006 613
L Hirschmann cable socket
M26 x 11 + FE
IP 65 Crimp contacts
Straight – 6 020 757
Angled – 6 020 758
Interconnectron cable socket
IP 65 Crimped Straight – 6 008 441
M M26 x 12

N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 32
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches MSLZ coded version

Connection cables muting sensor to MSM


Number of
poles
Enclosure
rating
Type of connection to
the muting sensor Cable length Remark
Part number
A
Suitable for muting sensor WT 24,
2m 6 008 649

5m
WL 24, WT 260
Suitable for muting sensor WT 24,
6 008 650
B
WL 24, WT 260
Cable socket
Suitable for muting sensor WL 12,
2m 6 021 092
4 IP 65
5m
WL 14, WL 18, WL 23 and WL 27
Suitable for muting sensor WL 12,
6 021 093
C
WL 14, WL 18, WL 23 and WL 27
2m – 6 010 974
Cable connection 5m
10 m


6 010 976
6 008 652
D
Angled plug for MSM
Direction of the cable outlet on
E
Number of poles the plug Enclosure rating Part number
4 Angled IP 65 6 008 651
F
Muting indicator lamps
Type of connection to
Type of muting indicator the indicator Cable length

2m
Delivery
Incl. connection cable
Part number

2 017 768
G
Indicator lamp (bulb) Cable connection and mounting kit
10 m Incl. connection cable 2 018 504

2m
Incl. connection cable
and mounting kit
2 019 909 H
LED lamp Cable connection
Incl. connection cable
10 m 2 019 910
and mounting kit
I
Muting accessories, miscellaneous
Description Part number
Exchange bulb, muting indicator lamp
Replacement housing, muting indicator lamp
6 008 654
6 008 645
J
Protective cap for quick-disconnect socket on MSM 6 011 170

Power supplies
K
Input voltage from ... to Output voltage Maximum output current Part number

120 V ... 230 V AC 24 V AC


2.5 A
4A
6 010 361
6 010 362
L
Mirror column 1)
Front cover material Length Deflection angle Beam separation Part number M
Front metal sheet 1121 mm 90° 500 mm 1 015 042
Continued on next page
1) Warning, reduction of the scanning range!
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 33
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
MSLZ coded version Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches

Device columns and muting device columns


A Type of
Beam Front cover muting
Description Length separation material Muting indicator Remark Part number

B Device column
1221 mm
500 mm

Front metal sheet
Front screen 1)




Incl. mounting kit
Incl. mounting kit
2 018 154
2 018 608
1721 mm – Front screen 1) – – Incl. mounting kit 2 018 767
Incl. lamps,
C Muting device
1286 mm 500 mm Front metal sheet ✔ LED lamp lamp cable and
mounting kit
2 022 998

column Incl. lamps,


Indicator lamp
1586 mm 400 mm Front metal sheet ✔ lamp cable and 2 018 741
D (bulb)
mounting kit

1)
Warning, reduction of the scanning range!

E ➜ For dimensional drawings of the device columns and mirror columns please refer to the “Easy Order – MSL and Accessories”.
Download at www.sick.com

Deflector mirror

F Description Scanning range


7.5 m (with MSLZ01-250)
Remark
Incl. mounting set, not suitable for
Part number

PSK45 2 018 537


4.5 m (with MSLZ02-203) column mounting

G Other mirror parts


Description Height Remark Part number
Complete for mounting in mirror
H Mirror insert –
column
Suitable for floor mounting of mirror
2 018 537

Adapter plate 3 mm 4 031 053


or device column

I Muting module
Description Muting with override Part number
MSM01-1A – 1 013 769
J
K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 34
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches MSLZ coded version

Laser alignment aid


Description Maximum scanning range Type of light Part number A
Laser alignment aid AR 60 60 m Red light 1 015 741
Adapter AR 60/MSL, click-on – – 4 030 282
Adapter AR 60/MSL, screwable – – 2 016 629 B
Dimensional drawings mounting accessories
C
5.3
M5
10 5
24
D

14 12
M5 x 10
25

50
E
4.8
22
44 ø 8.3

F
Mounting bracket, fixed, mounting kit 1
G
H
80 I
65
M5 x 18 40 23

J
51

2
11
30

Dimensions in mm K
Mounting bracket, pivotable, mounting kit 2

Continued on next page


L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 35
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
MSLZ coded version Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches

A
90

B 65
40
25
23

M5 x 20

11

51
30
D 2
Mounting bracket, pivotable, vibration-absorbing, mounting kit 3
Dimensions in mm

E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 36
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches M 2000 Standard
M 2000 Standard

Overview of technical specifications


A
Scanning range (depending on type) 0 m ... 25 m / 0 m ... 70 m
Number of beams (depending on type)
Beam separation or resolution
2 ... 9
116 mm / 170 mm / 300 mm /
B
(depending on type) 400 mm / 500 mm
Type Type 2 according to EN 61496
Enclosure rating IP 65 C
Product description
With its high signal reserve, the M 2000 achieves maximum machine security while
D
Standard multi-beam photoelectric safety taking into account economic considera-
switch is also reliable under harsh industrial tions by precisely co-ordinating the charac-
conditions. Functions and status informa-
tion integrated in the device allow rapid
teristics of the device to the requirements.
Interfaces and service concepts complete E
commissioning and prevent unnecessary the product range to provide an ideal solu-
machine downtimes. The modular concept tion for the sector.

In-system added value


F
■ Combination with SICK interfaces
■ Safe interface to bus systems G
Combination with Restart interlock Muting Further information

LE 20 ✔ — L-53

LE 20 Muting ✔ ✔ L-60 H
UE 48-2 OS ✔ — L-42

UE 48-3 OS — L-48 ■ External
(EDM)
device monitoring

■ Self-testing
I
Applications ■ 7-segment display
■ Diagnostics

➜ For more applications please refer to the application finder at www.sick.com


■ Alignment aid
■ Beam coding
J
■ Storage and conveyor technology ■ Stoneproduction
■ Wood industry
■ Textile industry
■ Electronicsindustry
■ Packaging industry K

Further information Page


L
➜ Ordering information D-38

➜ Technical specifications D-39 M


➜ Dimensional drawings D-40
➜ Connection diagram D-41

Packaging industry: M 2000 Standard with


LE 20 on a packaging machine
Storage and conveyor technology: M 2000 on a
conveyor belt system
➜ Accessories D-42
N
➜ Dimensional drawings
accessories D-44

➜ Services A-0
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 37
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
M 2000 Standard Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches

Ordering information
A
M 2000 Standard
1)
■ With external device monitoring (EDM)

B ■ Consisting of sender and receiver unit

➜ Accessories see page D-42

C Scanning range 0 ... 25 m

Beam Sender unit Receiver unit


separation /

D Number of
beams
Resolution
(mm) Connection plug Type Part number Type Part number
Hirschmann 6-pin + PE M20S-02150A120 1 016 405 M20E-02150A120 1 016 421
2 500
M12, 8-pin M20S-02150A122 1 018 186 M20E-02150A122 1 018 187

E 3 400
Hirschmann 6-pin + PE
M12, 8-pin
M20S-03140A120
M20S-03140A122
1 016 428
1 018 188
M20E-03140A120
M20E-03140A122
1 016 429
1 018 189
Hirschmann 6-pin + PE M20S-04130A120 1 016 509 M20E-04130A120 1 016 510
4 300
F 6 170
M12, 8-pin
Hirschmann 6-pin + PE
M20S-04130A122
M20S-061A3A120
1 018 190
1 016 446
M20E-04130A122
M20E-061A3A120
1 018 191
1 016 447
M12, 8-pin M20S-061A3A122 1 018 192 M20E-061A3A122 1 018 193

G 7 170
Hirschmann 6-pin + PE
M12, 8-pin
M20S-071A3A120
M20S-071A3A122
1 016 434
1 018 194
M20E-071A3A120
M20E-071A3A122
1 016 435
1 018 195
Hirschmann 6-pin + PE M20S-081A2A120 1 016 438 M20E-081A2A120 1 016 439
116
M12, 8-pin M20S-081A2A122 1 018 196 M20E-081A2A122 1 018 197

H 8
170
Hirschmann 6-pin + PE
M12, 8-pin
M20S-081A3A120
M20S-081A3A122
1 016 440
1 018 198
M20E-081A3A120
M20E-081A3A122
1 016 441
1 018 199
Hirschmann 6-pin + PE M20S-091A3A120 1 016 442 M20E-091A3A120 1 016 443
9 170
I M12, 8-pin M20S-091A3A122 1 018 200 M20E-091A3A122 1 018 201

Scanning range 0 ... 70 m

J Number of
Beam
separation
Sender unit Receiver unit

beams (mm) Connection plug Type Part number Type Part number

K 2 500
Hirschmann 6-pin + PE
M12, 8-pin
M20S-02250A120
M20S-02250A122
1 018 172
1 018 174
M20E-02250A120
M20E-02250A122
1 018 173
1 018 175
Hirschmann 6-pin + PE M20S-03240A120 1 018 176 M20E-03240A120 1 018 177
3 400
M12, 8-pin M20S-03240A122 1 018 178 M20E-03240A122 1 018 179
L 4 300
Hirschmann 6-pin + PE
M12, 8-pin
M20S-04230A120
M20S-04230A122
1 018 180
1 018 182
M20E-04230A120
M20E-04230A122
1 018 181
1 018 183
1)
External device monitoring only available with devices with M12 plug!

M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 38
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches M 2000 Standard

Detailed technical specifications


A
➜ You can find more detailed data in the operating instructions/technical description. Download at www.sick.com

General system data B


Scanning range (depending on type) 0 m ... 25 m / 0 m ... 70 m
Number of beams (depending on type) 2 ... 9
Beam separation or resolution (depending on type) 116 mm / 170 mm / 300 mm / 400 mm / 500 mm C
Enclosure rating IP 65
Type Type 2 according to EN 61496
Synchronisation
Supply voltage VS
Optical, without separate synchronisation
24 V (19.2 V ... 28.8 V) DC
D
Sender unit
Power consumption

Receiver unit
Max. 3.7 W
E
Switching outputs (OSSDs) 2 PNP semiconductors (short-circuit protected, cross-circuit

Response time (depending on type)


monitored)
Max. 8 ms F
Switching voltage
HIGHmin VS – 2.25 V

Switching current
LOWmax 1V
Max. 500 mA G
Power consumption Max. 5 W

Operating data
Type of connection (depending on type) Hirschmann plug 6-pin + PE
M12 plug, 8-pin
H
Connection cable wire cross-section
Hirschmann plug
M12 plug
Max. 1 mm2
Max. 0.25 mm2 I
Connection cable length
for wire cross-section 1 mm2 Max. 60 m
for wire cross-section 0.25 mm2
Ambient operating temperature TA
Max. 15 m
0 °C ... +55 °C J
Storage temperature TS –25 °C ... +70 °C
Air humidity 15 % ... 95 %
Housing cross-section
Vibration resistance
48 mm x 40 mm
5 g, 10 ... 55 Hz according to IEC 60068-2-6
K
Shock resistance 10 g, 16 ms according to IEC 60068-2-29
Weight (depending on type) 1.25 kg ... 2.86 kg
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 39
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
M 2000 Standard Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches

Dimensional drawings
A
➜ You will find more dimensional drawings in the technical description/operating instructions. Download at www.sick.com

B 8
1.7 ➁
➀ 42.9

C 75 68 48 ➃
➂ 8.4

44.4

D 11.9
20
48
➄ 40

E 42.3
14
6
1 3.5

F L4 L2 L3 L5 2.2
10.5
L1 L6

A1 S1
22.4 25.6
G
H 48
76.3

35
22.5

I 42.6

➅ Dimensions in mm

Sender unit with swivel mount (receiver unit mirror image)


J ➀ Mounting clamp
➁ Centre of light beam offset
➂ Hexagon screw M8 DIN 933 with washer DIN 9021 (not supplied with delivery)
➃ Adjustment
K ➄ Sliding nut groove for side mounting
➅ Plug PG13.5 according to DIN 43651

L N
2
S1
500
A1

L1
630
L2
697
L3
588 718
L4 L5
655
L6
675
3 400 — 931 998 888 1019 956 976
4 300 — 1031 1098 989 1119 1056 1076
M 8 — 116 851 919 809 939 877 896
6 — 170 916 983 874 1004 941 960
7 — 170 1073 1140 1031 1161 1098 1118

N 8
9


170
170
1231
1388
1298
1455
1189
1346
1319
1476
1256
1413
1275
1433

N Number of beams Dimensions in mm

O S 1 Beam separation
A 1 Resolution

© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to


D - 40
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches M 2000 Standard

Connection diagram
A
➜ You can find more connection diagrams at www.sick.com

M 2000 Standard on safety relay UE 48 B


+24 V

C
1 1 1)
+24 V
D
+24 V x y
2 2
GND GND
k1 k2
3 3
Test OSSD1 x y
4 4
Hrange OSSD2 z
5

6
Sel1
Sel2
Sel1
5

6
k1
E
Sel2 k2
z
Shield Shield

M2000S M2000R
S1

S33 S11 S12 S31 A1 13 23 31


F
k1
UE 48-2 OS2 D2
S34 S35 S21 S22 A2 14 24 32 G
k2

2)
H
K1 K2

0V
3) PELV I
Task Comments
1) Output circuits: These contacts are to be connected to the
Interfacing an M 2000 Standard multi-beam photoelectric
safety switch to UE 48-2 OS. Operating mode with restart inter-
lock and external device monitoring.
controller such that, with the output circuit open, the danger-
ous state is disabled. For categories 4 and 3, the integration
J
Function must be dual-channel (x/y paths). Single-channel integration
in the control (z path) is only possible with a single-channel
If the light path is clear, the OSSD1 and OSSD2 outputs are live.
The system is ready to switch on if K1 and K2 are de-energised.
By pressing S1 (button is pressed and released) the UE 48
control and taking the risk analysis into account.
2) The external device monitoring is only static. K
relay is energised and its contacts 13-14 and 23-24 activate 3) PELV as required in EN 60204-1 / 6.4
K1 and K2. On interruption of one of the light beams, the UE 48
is de-energised by the OSSD1 and OSSD2 outputs and K1 and
K2 are deactivated.
The related operating instructions for the integrated devices
must be observed.
L
Possible faults
Cross-circuits and short-circuits of the OSSDs are being
detected and lead to the inhibited state (lock-out). The incorrect
functioning of one of the K1 or K2 contactors will be detected
and does not result in the loss of the shutdown function. Jam-
M
ming of the S1 button will prevent the UE 48 from enabling.

N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 41
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
M 2000 Standard Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches

Accessories
A Mounting accessories
➜ Dimensional drawings mounting accessories see page D-44
B Designation Description Part number

4 pieces
Mounting kit 2 ■ Pivoting 2 019 659

C ■


Swivel mount
4 pieces
Mounting kit 6 ■
Pivoting 2 019 506

Side bracket

D Stainless steel bracket



4 pieces
Pivoting
Large housing profile
2 023 708


4 pieces

E Reinforced stainless steel bracket



Pivoting
Vibration resistance 5 g, 10 Hz ... 55 Hz
Shock resistance 10 g, 16 ms
2 026 850

Connector technology
F System connection Designation Description Connection cable Part number
■ 6-pin + PE
— 6 006 612

Straight

G Hirschmann plug Hirschmann cable socket



6-pin + PE
Angled with screw connections
— 6 007 363

2.5 m 6 020 537

H ■


8-pin
Straight
5.0 m
7.5 m
6 020 354
6 020 353
M12 plug M12 cable socket 10.0 m 6 020 352
15.0 m 6 020 872
I ■


8-pin
Angled
5.0 m
15.0 m
6 021 342
6 021 343

J
K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 42
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches M 2000 Standard

Interfaces

Designation Description Connection Type Part number A



With screw terminal connector
LE20-2612 1 016 503

16-pin
Safety evaluation unit LE 20 ■


With terminal plug spring
Angled LE20-2614 1 016 505
B
■ IP 20

16-pin

2 PNP OSSDs, 500 mA ■
With screw terminal connector
Safety evaluation unit
LE 20 Muting


15- and 16-pin
With terminal plug spring
LE20-2622

LE20-2624
1 016 502

1 016 501
C

15- and 16-pin

For opto-electronic pro-


tective devices
For opto-electronic pro-
— UE10-3OS2D0 6 024 917
D
— UE10-3OS3D0 6 024 918
tective devices

With screw type terminals — UE10-2OS2D0 2 019 772

Safety relay
■ With spring terminals — UE10-2OS4D0 2 019 771 E

Without terminals — UE10-2OS1D0 6 020 342

With screw type terminals — UE48-2OS2D2 6 024 915


With plug-in terminals
With screw type terminals


UE48-2OS3D2
UE48-3OS2D2
6 024 916
6 025 089
F

With plug-in terminals — UE48-3OS3D2 6 025 097

Device columns G
Designation Description Part number
2-beam, 500 mm beam separation
H

2 021 328
■ Including mounting kit
Device column without front screen

3-beam, 400 mm beam separation
2 021 329
■ Including mounting kit
Length 1200 mm
I

2 021 330
■ Including mounting kit

Length 1500 mm
Device column with front screen 1) 2 021 331
■ Including mounting kit


Length 1700 mm
Including mounting kit
2 021 332
J
1)
Warning, reduction of the scanning range!
Device columns for outdoor use

Designation Description Part number


K

Suitable for M20-02x50Axxx
2 023 707
■ With brackets and cable socket

Device column with heating 220 V



Without photoelectric safety switch
Suitable for M20-03x40Axxx
L

With brackets and cable socket 2 025 441

Without photoelectric safety switch

Continued on next page M


N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 43
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
M 2000 Standard Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches

Mirror columns 1)
A Designation Description Part number

Suitable for M20x-02xxxxx, 2-beam, 500 mm beam sepa-
1 015 041
ration

B Mirror column, fully assembled with mirrors



Suitable for M20x-03xxxxx, 3-beam, 400 mm beam sepa-
ration
1 015 040

■ Suitable for M20x-04xxxxx, 4-beam, 300 mm beam sepa-


1 019 115
ration

C 1)
Warning, reduction of the scanning range!

➜ For dimensional drawings of the device columns and mirror columns please refer to the operating instructions/technical description.
D Download at www.sick.com

Dimensional drawings mounting accessories

E 3.8 44.4 Dimensions in mm


3.6
35

F 8 13
44
3.6

41
19
8.5 14.5

G Ø 30.6

75
50
18
Ø 30.6
41.5

Ø30.6
8.5
14.5

43.5
15
9
5.5 62
51.5

H 42

Swivel mount
34.5

Side bracket
6
47

Stainless steel bracket


59
Reinforced stainless steel bracket
Mounting kit 2 Mounting kit 6

I
J
K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 44
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches M 2000 Standard in IP 67 housing
M 2000 Standard in IP 67 housing

Overview of technical specifications


A
Resistant materials Stainless steel (V4A), PMMA, PA, PVC
Enclosure rating
Scanning range
IP 67
0 m ... 19 m
B
Number of beams (depending on type) 2/3/4
Beam separation (depending on type) 300 mm / 400 mm / 500 mm
Type Type 2 according to EN 61496 C
Product description
D
The IP 67 housing in conjunction with the A compensating element (membrane) pre-
multi-beam photoelectric safety switch vents the plastic tubes misting up and the
M 2000 achieves the enclosure rating entry of liquids.
IP 67. The materials used (V4A, PMMA, PA,
PVC) have a high level of resistance against
The cable is fed into the device through the
proven PG connector.
E
common cleaning agents.

In-system added value F


■ Combination with SICK interfaces
■ Safe interface to bus systems

Combination with Restart interlock Muting Further information


G
LE 20 ✔ — L-53

LE 20 Muting
UE 48-2 OS




L-60
L-42
H
UE 48-3 OS ✔ — L-48

I
Applications ■ High durability
■ Compact design
➜ For more applications please refer to the application finder at www.sick.com ■ External device monitoring
(EDM)
J
■ Packaging industry ■ Pharmaceutical industry ■ Self-testing
■ Foodindustry ■ Clean-room systems ■ On site diagnostics
■ Chemical industry ■ Beam coding
K

Further information Page


L
➜ Ordering information D-46

➜ Technical specifications D-46 M


➜ Dimensional drawings D-47
➜ Connection diagram D-41
Access protection on a processing centre in the
hygiene area ➜ Accessories D-48
N
➜ Dimensional drawings
accessories D-49

➜ Services A-0
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 45
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
M 2000 Standard in IP 67 housing Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches

Ordering information
A IP 67 housing with integrated sender or receiver unit M 2000, including 15 m PVC cable

➜ Accessories see page D-48


B Scanning range 0 ... 19 m

C Number of beams
Beam separation
(mm) Type
Sender unit
Part number Type
Receiver unit
Part number
2 500 M25S-02150C112 1 024 208 M25E-02150C112 1 024 209
3 400 M25S-03140C112 1 024 210 M25E-03140C112 1 024 211
D 4 300 M25S-04130C112 1 024 212 M25E-04130C112 1 024 213

Detailed technical specifications


E
➜ You can find more detailed data in the operating instructions/technical description. Download at www.sick.com

F M 2000 Standard in IP 67 housing


➜ M 2000 specific data see M 2000 Standard, page D-46
Scanning range 0 m ... 19 m

G Number of beams (depending on type)


Beam separation (depending on type)
2/3/4
300 mm / 400 mm / 500 mm
Enclosure rating IP 66, IP 67

H Type
Materials
End caps
Type 2 according to EN 61496

Stainless steel
Plastic tube PMMA
Compensating element (membrane) PA 6
I Ambient operating temperature TA
PG connector PA 6
0 °C ... +55 °C
Storage temperature TS –25 °C ... +70 °C

J
K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 46
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches M 2000 Standard in IP 67 housing

Dimensional drawings
A

35
B
60.5

Ø6
C
D

15
130.9
Ø 52
E
F
G
S1

L1
L2

H
Ø 50
I
J
15
6

8 (35) Dimensions in mm

Illustration with stainless steel bracket (not supplied with delivery) K


Number of beams Beam separation S 1 L1 L2
2
3
500
400
777
1078
744
1045
L
4 300 1228 1195
Dimensions in mm
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 47
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
M 2000 Standard in IP 67 housing Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches

Connection diagram
A
➜ Connection diagram M 2000 Standard on safety relay UE 48 see page D-41
➜ You can find more connection diagrams at www.sick.com
B
Accessories
C Mounting accessories
➜ Dimensional drawings mounting accessories see page D-49

Designation Description Part number


D Stainless steel bracket


4 pieces
Pivoting
2 023 708


4 pieces
Pivoting
E

Reinforced stainless steel bracket 2 026 850


■ Vibration resistance 5 g, 10 Hz ... 55 Hz

Shock resistance 10 g, 16 ms
■ 2 pieces
Stainless steel support bracket ■
Vibration resistance 5 g, 10 Hz ... 55 Hz 2 026 849
F Mounting key


Shock resistance 10 g, 16 ms
For M12 cable socket on device replacement 4 034 690
Venting membrane — 5 309 082

G Interfaces

Designation Description Connection Type Part number



With screw terminal connec-
H Safety evaluation unit LE 20

tor
16-pin
LE20-2612 1 016 503


With terminal plug spring
■ Angled LE20-2614 1 016 505

I ■


IP 20
2 PNP OSSDs, 500 mA


16-pin
With screw terminal connec-
tor LE20-2622 1 016 502
Safety evaluation unit ■
15- and 16-pin
LE 20 Muting
J ■


With terminal plug spring
15- and 16-pin
LE20-2624 1 016 501


For opto-electronic protec-
— UE10-3OS2D0 6 024 917
tive devices

K ■
For opto-electronic protec-
tive devices
— UE10-3OS3D0 6 024 918


With screw type terminals — UE10-2OS2D0 2 019 772

L With spring terminals — UE10-2OS4D0 2 019 771



Safety relay

Without terminals — UE10-2OS1D0 6 020 342

With screw type terminals — UE48-2OS2D2 6 024 915
■ With plug-in terminals — UE48-2OS3D2 6 024 916

M ■


With screw type terminals
With plug-in terminals


UE48-3OS2D2
UE48-3OS3D2
6 025 089
6 025 097

N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 48
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches M 2000 Standard in IP 67 housing

Dimensional drawings mounting accessories


3.6
A
35 3.6 Dimensions in mm

41
23.9
40.9 B
8.5 14.5 14.5
13.5
8.5 54.3
41.5 5.75
Ø 30.6
62
Ø30.6 43.5
8.5
Ø 50
Ø 56 20 C
51.5 59 4.25
47

Stainless steel bracket Reinforced stainless steel bracket Stainless steel support bracket Mounting key D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 49
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
M 2000 RES/EDM Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches

M 2000 RES/EDM

Overview of technical specifications


A
Scanning range (depending on type) 0 m ... 25 m / 0 m ... 70 m

B Number of beams (depending on type)


Beam separation or resolution
2 ... 9
116 mm / 170 mm / 300 mm /
(depending on type) 400 mm / 500 mm
Type Type 2 according to EN 61496

C Enclosure rating IP 65

Product description
D With its high signal reserve, the M 2000 tions by precisely co-ordinating the charac-
RES/EDM multi-beam photoelectric safety teristics of the device to the requirements.
switch is also reliable under harsh industrial Interfaces and service concepts complete
E conditions. Functions and status informa-
tion integrated in the device allow rapid
the product range to provide an ideal solu-
tion for the sector.
commissioning and prevent unnecessary The integrated restart interlock in the
machine downtimes. The modular concept M 2000 RES/EDM offers the advantages
achieves maximum machine security while
F taking into account economic considera-
of shorter cable runs and quicker commis-
sioning compared to traditional solutions.

In-system added value


G ■ Combination with SICK interfaces
■ Safe interface to bus systems

H Combination with

LE 20 Muting
Restart interlock

Muting

Further information

L-60

I ■ Restart
■ External
(EDM)
interlock (RES)
device monitoring
Applications
■ Self-testing ➜ For more applications please refer to the application finder at www.sick.com
■ 7-segment display
J ■ Diagnostics
■ Alignment aid
■ Storage
■ Wood
and conveyor technology
industry
■ Stoneproduction
■ Electronicsindustry
■ Beam coding ■ Textile industry ■ Packaging industry

K
L
Further information Page

M ➜ Technical specifications D-52


➜ Dimensional drawings D-53
Packaging industry: M 2000 RES/EDM with Storage and conveyor technology: M 2000 on a
➜ Connection diagram D-54 LE 20 on a packaging machine conveyor belt system
N ➜ Accessories D-55

➜ Dimensional drawings
accessories D-57
O ➜ Services A-0

© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to


D - 50
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches M 2000 RES/EDM

Ordering information
M 2000 RES/EDM
A
■ With restart interlock (RES) and external device monitoring
(EDM)
■ For usage as a standalone system
■ Consisting of sender and receiver unit
B
➜ Accessories see page D-55

Scanning range 0 ... 25 m


C
Beam Sender unit Receiver unit

Number of
separation /
Resolution Connection plug
D
beams (mm) Sender unit / Receiver unit Type Part number Type Part number
Hirschmann
2 500 6-pin + PE / 11-pin + PE
M12, 8-pin
M20S-02150A120

M20S-02150A122
1 016 405

1 018 186
M20E-02150A221

M20E-02150A222
1 018 032

1 018 213
E
Hirschmann
M20S-03140A120 1 016 428 M20E-03140A221 1 018 034
3 400 6-pin + PE / 11-pin + PE
M12, 8-pin
Hirschmann
M20S-03140A122 1 018 188 M20E-03140A222 1 018 215 F
M20S-04130A120 1 016 509 M20E-04130A221 1 018 217
4 300 6-pin + PE / 11-pin + PE
M12, 8-pin
Hirschmann
M20S-04130A122

M20S-061A3A120
1 018 190

1 016 446
M20E-04130A222

M20E-061A3A221
1 018 219

1 018 221
G
6 170 6-pin + PE / 11-pin + PE
M12, 8-pin M20S-061A3A122 1 018 192 M20E-061A3A222 1 018 223

7 170
Hirschmann
6-pin + PE / 11-pin + PE
M20S-071A3A120 1 016 434 M20E-071A3A221 1 018 225 H
M12, 8-pin M20S-071A3A122 1 018 194 M20E-071A3A222 1 018 227

116
Hirschmann
6-pin + PE / 11-pin + PE
M12, 8-pin
M20S-081A2A120

M20S-081A2A122
1 016 438

1 018 196
M20E-081A2A221

M20E-081A2A222
1 018 229

1 018 231
I
8
Hirschmann
M20S-081A3A120 1 016 440 M20E-081A3A221 1 018 233
170 6-pin + PE / 11-pin + PE
M12, 8-pin M20S-081A3A122 1 018 198 M20E-081A3A222 1 018 235 J
Hirschmann
M20S-091A3A120 1 016 442 M20E-091A3A221 1 018 036
9 170 6-pin + PE / 11-pin + PE
M12, 8-pin M20S-091A3A122 1 018 200 M20E-091A3A222 1 018 237
K
Scanning range 0 ... 70 m

Beam
Sender unit Receiver unit L
Number of separation Connection plug
beams (mm) Sender unit / Receiver unit Type Part number Type Part number

2 500
Hirschmann
6-pin + PE / 11-pin + PE
M20S-02250A120 1 018 172 M20E-02250A221 1 018 206 M
M12, 8-pin M20S-02250A122 1 018 174 M20E-02150A222 1 018 207
Hirschmann
3 400 6-pin + PE / 11-pin + PE
M12, 8-pin
M20S-03240A120

M20S-03240A122
1 018 176

1 018 178
M20E-03240A221

M20E-03240A222
1 018 208

1 018 209
N
Hirschmann
M20S-04230A120 1 018 180 M20E-04230A221 1 018 210
4 300 6-pin + PE / 11-pin + PE
M12, 8-pin M20S-04230A122 1 018 182 M20E-04230A222 1 018 211 O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 51
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
M 2000 RES/EDM Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches

Detailed technical specifications


A
➜ You can find more detailed data in the operating instructions/technical description. Download at www.sick.com

B General system data


Scanning range (depending on type) 0 m ... 25 m / 0 m ... 70 m
Number of beams (depending on type) 2 ... 9
C Beam separation or resolution (depending on type) 116 mm / 170 mm / 300 mm / 400 mm / 500 mm
Enclosure rating IP 65
Type Type 2 according to EN 61496

D Synchronisation
Supply voltage VS
Optical, without separate synchronisation
24 V (19.2 V ... 28.8 V) DC

Sender unit

E Power consumption

Receiver unit
Max. 3.7 W

Switching outputs (OSSDs) 2 PNP semiconductors (short-circuit protected, cross-circuit

F Response time (depending on type)


monitored)
Max. 8 ms
Switching voltage
HIGHmin VS – 2.25 V

G Switching current
LOWmax 1V
Max. 500 mA
Power consumption Max. 5 W

Operating data
H Type of connection (depending on type) Hirschmann plug
(sender unit: 6-pin + PE, receiver unit: 11-pin + PE)
M12 plug, 8-pin

I Connection cable wire cross-section


Hirschmann plug
M12 plug
Max. 1 mm2
Max. 0.25 mm2
Connection cable length
for wire cross-section 1 mm2
J Ambient operating temperature TA
for wire cross-section 0.25 mm2
Max. 60 m
Max. 15 m
0 °C ... +55 °C
Storage temperature TS –25 °C ... +70 °C

K Air humidity
Housing cross-section
15 % ... 95 %
48 mm x 40 mm
Vibration resistance 5 g, 10 ... 55 Hz according to IEC 60068-2-6

L Shock resistance
Weight (depending on type)
10 g, 16 ms according to IEC 60068-2-29
1.25 kg ... 2.86 kg

M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 52
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches M 2000 RES/EDM

Dimensional drawings
A
➜ You will find more dimensional drawings in the technical description/operating instructions. Download at www.sick.com

8
1.7 ➁ B
➀ 42.9

75 68 48 ➃
➂ 8.4
C
44.4

11.9
20
D
48
➄ 40

42.3
14
6
1 3.5
E
L4 L2 L3 L5 2.2
10.5
L1 L6
F
A1 S1
22.4 25.6
G
48
76.3
H
35
22.5
42.6
I
➅ Dimensions in mm
Sender unit with swivel mount (receiver unit not mirror image. Dimensions as M 2000 cascadable, see page D-61)
➀ Mounting clamp
➁ Centre of light beam offset
J
➂ Hexagon screw M8 DIN 933 with washer DIN 9021 (not supplied with delivery)
➃ Adjustment
➄ Sliding nut groove for side mounting
➅ Plug PG13.5 according to DIN 43651
K
N
2
S1
500
A1

L1
630
L2
697
L3
588
L4
718
L5
655
L6
675
L
3 400 — 931 998 888 1019 956 976
4 300 — 1031 1098 989 1119 1056 1076
8 — 116 851 919 809 939 877 896 M
6 — 170 916 983 874 1004 941 960
7 — 170 1073 1140 1031 1161 1098 1118
8
9


170
170
1231
1388
1298
1455
1189
1346
1319
1476
1256
1413
1275
1433
N
Dimensions in mm
N Number of beams
S 1 Beam separation
A 1 Resolution
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 53
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
M 2000 RES/EDM Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches

Connection diagram
A
➜ You can find more connection diagrams at www.sick.com

B M 2000 RES/EDM on safety relay UE 10


+24 V

C S1

D WH 1
6 2

Sel1
1 WH
Sel1
BN 2 2 BN
+24 V +24 V

E GN 3

4
Sel2

n.c.
Sel2

EDM
3

4
GN
YE
GY 5 5 GY
Test OSSD1
6
F PK
BU
6
7
HRange
GND
OSSD2
GND
7
PK

BU
1)
8 8 B1 B3 Y1 13 23 33 41
Shield Shield

G M2000S M2000R
UE 10-3 OS

B2 B4 Y2 14 24 34 42

H
I 0V

2) PELV

Task Comments

J Interfacing an M 2000 RES/EDM multi-beam photoelectric


safety switch to UE 10-3 OS. Operating mode with restart inter-
lock and external device monitoring.
1) Output circuits: These contacts are to be connected to the
controller such that, with the output circuit open, the danger-
ous state is disabled. For categories 4 and 3, the integration
Function must be dual-channel (x/y paths). Single-channel integration
in the control (z path) is only possible with a single-channel
K The yellow LED on the receiver flashes when the light path is
clear and the UE 10 is de-energised and functioning correctly.
The system is ready to be switched on. The system is enabled
control and taking the risk analysis into account.
2) PELV as required in EN 60204-1 / 6.4

by pressing S1 (button is pressed and released). The OSSD1


and OSSD2 outputs are live, the UE 10 is switched on. On the The related operating instructions for the integrated devices
L interruption of one of the light beams, the UE 10 is deactivated
by the OSSD1 and OSSD2 outputs.
must be observed.

Possible faults
Cross-circuits and short-circuits of the OSSDs are being
M detected and lead to the inhibited state (lock-out). The incorrect
functioning of the UE 10 will be detected and will not result in
the loss of the shutdown function. Jamming of the S1 button
prevents output circuit to enable.

N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 54
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches M 2000 RES/EDM

Accessories
Mounting accessories
A
➜ Dimensional drawings mounting accessories see page D-57

Designation Description Part number B



4 pieces
Mounting kit 2 ■ Pivoting 2 019 659


Swivel mount
4 pieces
C
Mounting kit 6 ■
Pivoting 2 019 506

Side bracket

Stainless steel bracket



4 pieces
Pivoting
Large housing profile
2 023 708 D

4 pieces
Reinforced stainless steel bracket


Pivoting
Vibration resistance 5 g, 10 Hz ... 55 Hz
Shock resistance 10 g, 16 ms
2 026 850
E
Connector technology

Connection Designation Description Connection cable Part number


F
■ 6-pin + PE
— 6 006 612

Straight

System connection


6-pin + PE
Angled with screw connections
— 6 007 363 G
Hirschmann cable socket
Hirschmann plug ■ 11-pin + PE
— 6 020 757

Straight


11-pin + PE
Angled
— 6 020 758 H
2.5 m 6 020 537


8-pin
Straight
5.0 m
7.5 m
6 020 354
6 020 353
I
System connection
M12 cable socket 10.0 m 6 020 352
M12 plug
15.0 m 6 020 872


8-pin
Angled
5.0 m 6 021 342 J
15.0 m 6 021 343

For the connection of a control
5m 6 021 204


switch
8-pin
Straight
15 m 6 021 205
K
M12 cable plug
■ For the connection of a control
Extension 5m 6 021 830
connection ■


switch
8-pin
Angled 15 m 6 021 831
L

For deactivation of the integrated
M12 plug restart interlock — 6 021 238

Pre-assembled M
Continued on next page

N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 55
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
M 2000 RES/EDM Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches

Interfaces
A Designation Description Connection Type Part number

With screw terminal connector
LE20-2612 1 016 503

16-pin

B Safety evaluation unit LE 20 ■


With terminal plug spring
Angled LE20-2614 1 016 505
■ IP 20

16-pin

2 PNP OSSDs, 500 mA ■
With screw terminal connector

C Safety evaluation unit


LE 20 Muting


15- and 16-pin
With terminal plug spring
LE20-2622

LE20-2624
1 016 502

1 016 501

15- and 16-pin

For opto-electronic protective
D ■
devices
For opto-electronic protective
— UE10-3OS2D0 6 024 917

— UE10-3OS3D0 6 024 918


Safety relay devices

With screw type terminals — UE10-2OS2D0 2 019 772
E ■ With spring terminals — UE10-2OS4D0 2 019 771

Without terminals — UE10-2OS1D0 6 020 342

F Device columns

Designation Description Part number


■ 2-beam, 500 mm beam separation
2 021 328
Including mounting kit
G

Device column without front screen


■ 3-beam, 400 mm beam separation
2 021 329

Including mounting kit
■ Length 1200 mm
2 021 330

H Including mounting kit


■ Length 1500 mm
Device column with front screen 1) 2 021 331

Including mounting kit
■ Length 1700 mm
2 021 332
I 1) Warning, reduction of the scanning range!

Including mounting kit

Device columns for outdoor use

J Designation Description
■ Suitable for M20-02x50Axxx
Part number

2 023 707

With brackets and cable socket

Without photoelectric safety switch

K Device column with heating 220 V



Suitable for M20-03x40Axxx
With brackets and cable socket 2 025 441
■ Without photoelectric safety switch

L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 56
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches M 2000 RES/EDM

Mirror columns 1)

Designation Description Part number A



Suitable for M20x-02xxxxx, 2-beam, 500 mm beam sepa-
1 015 041
ration

Suitable for M20Z-02xxxxxxx, 2-beam, 500 mm beam
separation 1 015 042
B
Mirror column, fully assembled with mirrors ■
Fully assembled with mirrors 45°

Suitable for M20x-03xxxxx, 3-beam, 400 mm beam sepa-


ration
Suitable for M20x-04xxxxx, 4-beam, 300 mm beam sepa-
1 015 040

1 019 115
C
ration
1)
Warning, reduction of the scanning range!
D
➜ For dimensional drawings of the device columns and mirror columns please refer to the operating instructions/technical description.
Download at www.sick.com

Dimensional drawings mounting accessories E


3.8 44.4
3.6
Dimensions in mm
F
35

8 13 3.6
44
19
8.5 14.5
41 G
Ø 30.6 18 41.5 14.5
50 8.5
75
9
15
Ø 30.6
Ø30.6 43.5
H
5.5 62
47 51.5
42 34.5 6 59
Swivel mount
Mounting kit 2
Side bracket
Mounting kit 6
Stainless steel bracket Reinforced stainless steel bracket I
J
K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 57
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
M 2000 cascadable Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches

M 2000 cascadable

Overview of technical specifications


A
Scanning range 0 m ... 25 m

B Number of beams
Beam separation or resolution
2 ... 9
116 mm / 170 mm / 300 mm /
(depending on type) 400 mm / 500 mm
Type Type 2 according to EN 61496

C Enclosure rating IP 65

Product description
D With its high signal reserve, the M 2000 erations by precisely co-ordinating the
cascadable multi-beam photoelectric characteristics of the device to the require-
safety switch is also reliable under harsh ments. Interfaces and service concepts
E industrial conditions. Functions and status
information integrated in the device allow
complete the product range to provide an
ideal solution for the sector.
rapid commissioning and prevent unneces- With the cascadable variants, photoelectric
sary machine downtime. The modular con- safety switches can be flexibly adapted to
cept achieves maximum machine security
F while taking into account economic consid-
the existing installation.

In-system added value


G ■ Combination with SICK interfaces
■ Safe interface to bus systems

H Combination with
LE 20
Restart interlock

Muting

Further information
L-53
LE 20 Muting ✔ ✔ L-60

I ■ Cascade

Max. 3 devices
■ Max. 3 m cable length
UE 48-2 OS

UE 48-3 OS




L-42

L-48
■ External device monitoring
(EDM)
J ■ Self-testing
■ 7-segment display
Applications
■ Diagnostics
➜ For more applications please refer to the application finder at www.sick.com
■ Alignment aid

K ■ Beam coding ■ Storage


■ Wood
and conveyor technology
industry
■ Stoneproduction
■ Electronicsindustry
■ Textile industry ■ Packaging industry

L
Further information Page

M ➜ Technical specifications D-60


➜ Dimensional drawings D-61
➜ Connection diagram D-62
N ➜ Accessories D-63

➜ Dimensional drawings
accessories D-65
O ➜ Services A-0

© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to


D - 58
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches M 2000 cascadable

Ordering information
M 2000 cascadable
A
■ With integrated external device monitoring function (EDM)
■ For usage as cascaded device
■ Consisting of sender and receiver unit
B
➜ Accessories see page D-63

Scanning range 0 ... 25 m C


Beam Sender unit Receiver unit
separation /
Number of
beams
Resolution
(mm)
Connection plug
Sender unit / Receiver unit Type Part number Type Part number
D
Hirschmann
M20S-02150A220 1 018 031 M20E-02150A221 1 018 032
2 500 6-pin + PE / 11-pin + PE
M12, 8-pin
Hirschmann
M20S-02150A222 1 018 212 M20E-02150A222 1 018 213 E
M20S-03140A220 1 018 033 M20E-03140A221 1 018 034
3 400 6-pin + PE / 11-pin + PE
M12, 8-pin
Hirschmann
6-pin + PE / 11-pin + PE
M20S-03140A222

M20S-04130A220
1 018 214

1 018 216
M20E-03140A222

M20E-04130A221
1 018 215

1 018 217
F
4 300
M12, 8-pin M20S-04130A222 1 018 218 M20E-04130A222 1 018 219

6 170
Hirschmann
6-pin + PE / 11-pin + PE
M20S-061A3A220 1 018 220 M20E-061A3A221 1 018 221 G
M12, 8-pin M20S-061A3A222 1 018 222 M20E-061A3A222 1 018 223
Hirschmann
7 170 6-pin + PE / 11-pin + PE
M12, 8-pin
M20S-071A3A220

M20S-071A3A222
1 018 224

1 018 226
M20E-071A3A221

M20E-071A3A222
1 018 225

1 018 227
H
Hirschmann
M20S-081A2A220 1 018 228 M20E-081A2A221 1 018 229

8
116 6-pin + PE / 11-pin + PE
M12, 8-pin M20S-081A2A222 1 018 230 M20E-081A2A222 1 018 231 I
Hirschmann
M20S-081A3A220 1 018 232 M20E-081A3A221 1 018 233
170 6-pin + PE / 11-pin + PE
M12, 8-pin
Hirschmann
M20S-081A3A222

M20S-091A3A220
1 018 234

1 018 035
M20E-081A3A222

M20E-091A3A221
1 018 235

1 018 036
J
9 170 6-pin + PE / 11-pin + PE
M12, 8-pin M20S-091A3A222 1 018 236 M20E-091A3A222 1 018 237
K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 59
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
M 2000 cascadable Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches

Detailed technical specifications


A
➜ You can find more detailed data in the operating instructions/technical description. Download at www.sick.com

B General system data


Scanning range 0 m ... 25 m
Number of beams 2 ... 9
C Beam separation or resolution (depending on type) 116 mm / 170 mm / 300 mm / 400 mm / 500 mm
Enclosure rating IP 65
Type Type 2 according to EN 61496

D Synchronisation
Supply voltage VS
Optical, without separate synchronisation
24 V (19.2 V ... 28.8 V) DC

Sender unit

E Power consumption

Receiver unit
Max. 3.7 W

Switching outputs (OSSDs) 2 PNP semiconductors (short-circuit protected, cross-circuit

F Response time (depending on type)


monitored)
Max. 8 ms
Switching voltage
HIGHmin VS – 2.25 V

G Switching current
LOWmax 1V
Max. 500 mA
Power consumption Max. 5 W

Operating data
H Type of connection (depending on type) Hirschmann plug
(sender unit: 6-pin + PE, receiver unit: 11-pin + PE)
M12 plug, 8-pin

I Connection cable wire cross-section


Hirschmann plug
M12 plug
Max. 1 mm2
Max. 0.25 mm2
Connection cable length
for wire cross-section 1 mm2
J Ambient operating temperature TA
for wire cross-section 0.25 mm2
Max. 60 m
Max. 15 m
0 °C ... +55 °C
Storage temperature TS –25 °C ... +70 °C

K Air humidity
Housing cross-section
15 % ... 95 %
48 mm x 40 mm
Vibration resistance 5 g, 10 ... 55 Hz according to IEC 60068-2-6

L Shock resistance
Weight (depending on type)
10 g, 16 ms according to IEC 60068-2-29
1.25 kg ... 2.86 kg

M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 60
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches M 2000 cascadable

Dimensional drawings
A
➜ You will find more dimensional drawings in the technical description/operating instructions. Download at www.sick.com

➀ 8

B

1.7
➁ 14
8.4

➂ 6
15.4

1
3.5
C
2.2
20
10.5
11.9

48 40
D
42.9

42.3
75 68 48
➅ E
44.4
22.4 25.6

L4 L3 L2 L6
L1 L5
F
A1 S1
G

76.3
H
48

14.4
42.6
22.5
35
I
➇ ➆ Dimensions in mm
Sender unit with swivel mount (receiver unit mirror image)
➀ Mounting clamp
J
➁ M12 x 1 socket (standard)
➂ Sliding nut groove for side mounting
➃ Hexagon screw M8 DIN 933 with washer DIN 9021 (not supplied with delivery)
➄ Centre of light beam offset
K
➅ Adjustment
➆ Plug PG13.5 according to DIN 43651
➇ Plug M12 x 1 L
N S1 A1 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6
2
3
500
400


630
931
588
888
697
998
718
1019
694
995
686
987 M
4 300 — 1031 989 1098 1119 1095 1087
8 — 116 851 809 919 939 915 907
6
7


170
170
916
1073
874
1031 1140
983 1004
1161
979
1137
971
1129
N
8 — 170 1231 1189 1298 1319 1294 1286

N
9

Number of beams
— 170

A 1 Resolution
1388 1346

S 1 Beam separation
1455 1476 1452 1444
Dimensions in mm
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 61
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
M 2000 cascadable Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches

Connection diagram
A
➜ You can find more connection diagrams at www.sick.com

B M 2000 cascadable on safety relay UE 48


+24 V

C
M2000S M2000R
1 1 1)

D 2

3
+24 V
GND
+24 V
GND
2

3
k1
x

k2
y

Test OSSD1 x y
4 4
Hrange OSSD2

E
z
5 5 k1
Sel1 Sel1
6 6
Sel2 Sel2
k2
z
Shield Shield

F 8 8
S1

S33 S11 S12 S31 A1 13 23 31

k1

G UE 48-2 OS2 D2
S34 S35 S21 S22 A2 14 24 32
k2

H 2)
K1 K2
M2000S M2000R

I 0V

3) PELV

Task Comments

J
1) Output circuits: These contacts are to be connected to the
Interfacing two M 2000 cascadable multi-beam photoelectric
safety switches to UE 48-2 OS. Operating mode with restart controller such that, with the output circuit open, the danger-
interlock and external device monitoring. ous state is disabled. For categories 4 and 3, the integration
Function must be dual-channel (x/y paths). Single-channel integration
in the control (z path) is only possible with a single-channel
K If the light path is clear, the OSSD1 and OSSD2 outputs are live.
The system is ready to switch on if K1 and K2 are de-energised.
By pressing S1 (button is pressed and released) the UE 48
control and taking the risk analysis into account.
2) The external device monitoring is only static.

relay is energised and its contacts 13-14 and 23-24 activate 3) PELV as required in EN 60204-1 / 6.4
K1 and K2.
L On interruption of one of the light beams, the UE 48 is de-ener-
gised by the OSSD1 and OSSD2 outputs and K1 and K2 are
The related operating instructions for the integrated devices
must be observed.
deactivated.
Possible faults

M Cross-circuits and short-circuits of the OSSDs are being


detected and lead to the inhibited state (lock-out). The incorrect
functioning of one of the K1 or K2 contactors will be detected
and does not result in the loss of the shutdown function. Jam-
ming of the S1 button will prevent the UE 48 from enabling.
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 62
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches M 2000 cascadable

Accessories
Mounting accessories
A
➜ Dimensional drawings mounting accessories see page D-65

Designation Description Part number B



4 pieces
Mounting kit 2 ■ Pivoting 2 019 659


Swivel mount
4 pieces
C
Mounting kit 6 ■
Pivoting 2 019 506

Side bracket

Stainless steel bracket



4 pieces
Pivoting
Large housing profile
2 023 708 D

4 pieces
Reinforced stainless steel bracket


Pivoting
Vibration resistance 5 g, 10 Hz ... 55 Hz
Shock resistance 10 g, 16 ms
2 026 850
E
Connector technology

Connection Designation Description Connection cable Part number


F
■ 6-pin + PE
— 6 006 612
System connection ■
Straight
Hirschmann plug
Hirschmann cable socket


6-pin + PE
Angled with screw connections
— 6 007 363 G
2.5 m 6 020 537

System connection


8-pin
Straight
5.0 m
7.5 m
6 020 354
6 020 353 H
M12 cable socket 10.0 m 6 020 352
M12 plug
15.0 m 6 020 872


8-pin
Angled
5.0 m
15.0 m
6 021 342
6 021 343
I
0.25 m 6 021 000

■ Pre-assembled
0.5 m
1m
6 021 001
6 021 002
J
Extension M12 cable sockets and ■
8-pin 1.5 m 6 021 003
connection plugs ■
Straight 2m
2.5 m
6 021 004
6 021 005 K
3m 6 021 006

Continued on next page


L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 63
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
M 2000 cascadable Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches

Interfaces
A Designation Description Connection Type Part number

With screw terminal connector
LE20-2612 1 016 503

16-pin

B Safety evaluation unit LE 20 ■


With terminal plug spring
Angled LE20-2614 1 016 505
■ IP 20

16-pin

2 PNP OSSDs, 500 mA ■
With screw terminal connector

C Safety evaluation unit


LE 20 Muting


15- and 16-pin
With terminal plug spring
LE20-2622

LE20-2624
1 016 502

1 016 501

15- and 16-pin

For opto-electronic protective
D ■
devices
For opto-electronic protective
— UE10-3OS2D0 6 024 917

— UE10-3OS3D0 6 024 918


devices

With screw type terminals — UE10-2OS2D0 2 019 772
E Safety relay
■ With spring terminals — UE10-2OS4D0 2 019 771

Without terminals — UE10-2OS1D0 6 020 342

With screw type terminals — UE48-2OS2D2 6 024 915

F ■


With plug-in terminals
With screw type terminals


UE48-2OS3D2
UE48-3OS2D2
6 024 916
6 025 089

With plug-in terminals — UE48-3OS3D2 6 025 097

G Device columns

Designation Description Part number


2-beam, 500 mm beam separation
H

2 021 328
■ Including mounting kit
Device column without front screen

3-beam, 400 mm beam separation
2 021 329
■ Including mounting kit

I Length 1200 mm

2 021 330
■ Including mounting kit

Length 1500 mm
Device column with front screen 1) 2 021 331
■ Including mounting kit

J ■


Length 1700 mm
Including mounting kit
2 021 332

1)
Warning, reduction of the scanning range!
Device columns for outdoor use
K Designation Description Part number

Suitable for M20-02x50Axxx
■ With brackets and cable socket 2 023 707

L Device column with heating 220 V



Without photoelectric safety switch
Suitable for M20-03x40Axxx

With brackets and cable socket 2 025 441

Without photoelectric safety switch

M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 64
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches M 2000 cascadable

Mirror columns 1)

Designation Description Part number A



Suitable for M20x-02xxxxx, 2-beam, 500 mm beam sepa-
1 015 041
ration

Suitable for M20Z-02xxxxxxx, 2-beam, 500 mm beam
separation 1 015 042
B
Mirror column, fully assembled with mirrors ■
Fully assembled with mirrors 45°

Suitable for M20x-03xxxxx, 3-beam, 400 mm beam sepa-


ration
Suitable for M20x-04xxxxx, 4-beam, 300 mm beam sepa-
1 015 040

1 019 115
C
ration
1)
Warning, reduction of the scanning range!
D
➜ For dimensional drawings of the device columns and mirror columns please refer to the operating instructions/technical description.
Download at www.sick.com

Dimensional drawings mounting accessories E


3.8 44.4
3.6
Dimensions in mm
F
35

8 13 3.6
44
19
8.5 14.5
41 G
Ø 30.6 18 41.5 14.5
50 8.5
75
9
15
Ø 30.6
Ø30.6 43.5
H
5.5 62
47 51.5
42 34.5 6 59
Swivel mount
Mounting kit 2
Side bracket
Mounting kit 6
Stainless steel bracket Reinforced stainless steel bracket I
J
K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 65
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
M 2000-A/P Standard Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches

M 2000-A/P Standard

Overview of technical specifications


A
Scanning range 0 m ... 6 m

B Number of beams
Beam separation
1
500 mm
Type Type 2 according to EN 61496
Enclosure rating IP 65
C
Product description
D The M 2000-A/P Standard multi-beam
photoelectric safety switch comprises a
Functions and status information inte-
grated in the device allow rapid commis-
sender/receiver unit on the active side (A) sioning and prevent unnecessary machine
and one or more deflector mirrors on the downtime.
E passive side (P).
With their high signal reserve, they are also
Interfaces and service concepts complete
the product range to provide an ideal solu-
reliable under harsh industrial conditions. tion.

F In-system added value


■ Combination with SICK interfaces

G ■ Safe interface to bus systems

Combination with Restart interlock Muting Further information


LE 20 ✔ — L-53

H LE 20 Muting

UE 48-2 OS ✔
— ✔

L-60
L-42

UE 48-3 OS ✔ — L-48

I ■ External
(EDM)
device monitoring

■ Self-testing
■ 7-segment display
Applications
■ Diagnostics
J ■ Alignment aid ➜ For more applications please refer to the application finder at www.sick.com
■ Storage and conveyor technology ■ Stoneproduction
■ Wood industry ■ Electronicsindustry

K ■ Textile industry ■ Packaging industry

L
M Further information Page

➜ Dimensional drawings D-68


➜ Connection diagram D-69
N ➜ Accessories D-71

➜ Dimensional drawings
accessories D-73
O ➜ Services A-0

© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to


D - 66
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches M 2000-A/P Standard

Ordering information
M 2000-A/P Standard
A
1)
■ With external device monitoring (EDM)
■ Comprising a sender/receiver unit as the active side and a
deflector mirror as the passive side
B
➜ Accessories see page D-71

Scanning range 0 ... 6 m C


Beam Sender and receiver unit Deflector mirror
Number of separation
beams (mm) Connection plug
Hirschmann 11-pin + PE
Type
M20Z-02550A121
Part number
1 016 513
Type Part number
D
1 500 PSR01-1501 1 016 677
M12, 8-pin M20Z-02550A122 1 018 361
1)
External device monitoring only available with devices with M12 plug!
E
Detailed technical specifications
➜ You can find more detailed data in the operating instructions/technical description. Download at www.sick.com
F
General system data
Scanning range 0 m ... 6 m
G
Number of beams 1
Beam separation
Enclosure rating
500 mm
IP 65 H
Type Type 2 according to EN 61496
Synchronisation Optical, without separate synchronisation
Supply voltage VS 24 V (19.2 V ... 28.8 V) DC I
Sender/receiver unit
Switching outputs (OSSDs) 2 PNP semiconductors

Response time (depending on type)


(short-circuit protected, cross-circuit monitored)
Max. 7 ms
J
Switching voltage
HIGHmin VS – 2.25 V

Switching current
LOWmax 1V
Max. 500 mA
K
Power consumption Max. 7.5 W

Operating data
Type of connection (depending on type) Hirschmann plug 11-pin + PE
L
M12 plug, 8-pin
Connection cable wire cross-section
Hirschmann plug
M12 plug
Max. 1 mm2
Max. 0.25 mm2
M
Connection cable length
for wire cross-section 1 mm2 Max. 60 m
for wire cross-section 0.25 mm2 Max. 15 m
Continued on next page
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 67
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
M 2000-A/P Standard Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches

A Ambient operating temperature TA


Storage temperature TS
0 °C ... +55 °C
–25 °C ... +70 °C
Air humidity 15 % ... 95 %
Housing cross-section 48 mm x 40 mm
B Vibration resistance
Shock resistance
5 g, 10 ... 55 Hz according to IEC 60068-2-6
10 g, 16 ms according to IEC 60068-2-29
Weight 1.41 kg

C
Dimensional drawings

D ➜ You will find more dimensional drawings in the technical description/operating instructions. Download at www.sick.com

8 1.7

E ➀ 14
➁ 6 ➂ 8.4

1
F 2.2 3.5

11.9 10.5 40

G 42.9
S
48

H 25.6 22.4 75 68 48
44.4
L1 S1
L6 L5 L2 L3 L4

I
J R

42.3
76.3

K 47.6

42.6
22.5

L ➅
Dimensions in mm

Sender/receiver unit with swivel mount S Sender R Receiver


➀ Mounting clamp
M ➁ Sliding nut groove for side mounting
➂ Hexagon screw M8 DIN 933 with washer DIN 9021 (not supplied with delivery)
➃ Adjustment
➄ Centre of light beam offset
N ➅ Hirschmann plug DIN 43651

N S1 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6

O N
2

Number of beams
500 653

S 1 Beam separation
611 720 741 678 700
Dimensions in mm

© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to


D - 68
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches M 2000-A/P Standard

Connection diagram
A
➜ You can find more connection diagrams at www.sick.com

M 2000-A/P Standard on safety evaluation unit LE 20 Muting B


+ 24 V

1)
C
x y

32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 k1 k2
Q Q x y
D
M1

M2

M3

M4

Interconn+

BIT1

BIT2

Interconn+

Interconn+

SEQUENCE

CONCURR.

Interconn+

Interconn+

LAMP 2

LAMP 1
z
LE20 A1 B1 k1
Q Q
INPUT CONFIG. TIME SELECT OUTPUT
POWER IN SENSOR INPUT SENSOR OUTPUT k2
z E
OVERRIDE LAMP
A2 B2
EDM DISABLE
TEST EXTERN

RES DISABLE
SENSOR B
SENSOR A

TEST/NON

OVERRIDE

TEST B
TEST A

OSSD1

OSSD2
+24 V

EDM
RES

F
0V

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

kT S1
k1

S2
G
k2
H5 K1 K2 H1.1 H1.2

0V
2) PELV
H
1= WH
2= BN
3=
4=
5=
GN
YE
GY
I
1 2 3 4 5 6 11
6= PK
M2000AP 7= BU

See next page for a description of the connection diagram


J
K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 69
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
M 2000-A/P Standard Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches

Task Possible faults


A Integration of an M 2000-A/P Standard multi-beam photoelec-
tric safety switch in a control system via an LE 20. Muting using
The incorrect functioning of one of the K1 or K2 contactors
does not result in the loss of the shutdown function. The outputs
4 photoelectric proximity switches (light switching PNP) and of the LE 20 are monitored PNP semiconductor outputs. Jam-
override circuit. Concurrence monitoring of the muting sensors, ming of the S1 button prevents output circuit to enable. Failure

B operating mode with restart interlock and external device moni-


toring.
of a muting sensor is detected so that renewed muting is pre-
vented. Muting cannot be initiated if the muting lamp H1.1 is not
connected or is faulty, or if there is a short-circuit in this circuit. If
Function
a replacement indicator (H1.2) is connected, it will indicate the
If the light beams are clear and the K1 and K2 contactors are
failure of the muting lamp H1.1 by flashing, and muting can be
C de-energised, the OSSDs on the LE 20 are switched on by
pressing S1 (button is pressed and released). The OSSDs of the
LE 20 (terminals 15 and 16) activate the contactors K1 and K2.
initiated. Jamming of the S2 button will be detected after no
more than 30 minutes and will bring the override to an end.
If a light beam is interrupted, the LE 20 deactivates the contac- Comments
1)
tors K1 and K2. Output circuits. These contacts are to be connected to the
D Muting
The protective field must be clear, and the OSSDs on the LE 20
controller such that, with the output circuit open, the danger-
ous state is disabled. For categories 4 and 3, the integration
must be dual-channel (x/y paths). Single-channel integration
switched on, to allow initiation of the muting function. Muting is
in the control (z path) is only possible with a single-channel
prevented if photoelectric proximity switch pair A or B is not acti-
control and taking the risk analysis into account.
E vated within 3 seconds. The muting inputs must remain acti-
vated without interruption for the duration of the muting, also on
switching from A1 & A2 to B1 & B2.
2) PELV as required in EN 60204-1 / 6.4

Override The related operating instructions for the integrated devices


must be observed.
F If, after a power failure or a muting error, the object to be muted
is present in the light beam, the object can be moved out of the
protective field by operating the S 2000 button. This is only pos-
sible if a valid combination of muting signals is present at the
LE 20. This situation is indicated by illumination of the override
G lamp H5.

H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 70
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches M 2000-A/P Standard

Accessories
Mounting accessories
A
➜ Dimensional drawings mounting accessories see page D-73

Designation Description Part number B



4 pieces
Mounting kit 2 ■ Pivoting 2 019 659


Swivel mount
4 pieces
C
Mounting kit 6 ■
Pivoting 2 019 506

Side bracket

Mounting kit 9


2 pieces swivel mount, pivoting for sender/receiver unit
M 2000-A/P/active
2 pieces side brackets, pivoting for deflector mirror
2 021 569
D
PSR01-1501

Stainless steel bracket



4 pieces
Pivoting
Large housing profile
2 023 708 E

4 pieces
Pivoting
F

Reinforced stainless steel bracket 2 026 850


■ Vibration resistance 5 g, 10 Hz ... 55 Hz

Shock resistance 10 g, 16 ms

Connector technology

Connection Designation Description Connection cable Part number G



11-pin + PE
— 6 020 757
System connection ■ Straight
Hirschmann plug
Hirschmann cable socket


11-pin + PE
Angled
— 6 020 758 H
2.5 m 6 020 537
5.0 m 6 020 354

System connection


8-pin
Straight
7.5 m 6 020 353 I
M12 cable socket 10.0 m 6 020 352
M12 plug
15.0 m 6 020 872


8-pin
Angled
5.0 m
15.0 m
6 021 342
6 021 343
J
Continued on next page

K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 71
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
M 2000-A/P Standard Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches

Interfaces
A Designation Description Connection Type Part number

With screw terminal connector
LE20-2612 1 016 503

16-pin

B Safety evaluation unit LE 20 ■


With terminal plug spring
Angled LE20-2614 1 016 505
■ IP 20

16-pin

2 PNP OSSDs, 500 mA ■
With screw terminal connector

C Safety evaluation unit


LE 20 Muting


15- and 16-pin
With terminal plug spring
LE20-2622

LE20-2624
1 016 502

1 016 501

15- and 16-pin

For opto-electronic protective
D ■
devices
For opto-electronic protective
— UE10-3OS2D0 6 024 917

— UE10-3OS3D0 6 024 918


devices

With screw type terminals — UE10-2OS2D0 2 019 772
E Safety relay
■ With spring terminals — UE10-2OS4D0 2 019 771

Without terminals — UE10-2OS1D0 6 020 342

With screw type terminals — UE48-2OS2D2 6 024 915

F ■


With plug-in terminals
With screw type terminals


UE48-2OS3D2
UE48-3OS2D2
6 024 916
6 025 089

With plug-in terminals — UE48-3OS3D2 6 025 097

G Device columns

Designation Description Part number


2-beam, 500 mm beam separation
H

Device column without front screen 2 021 328


■ Including mounting kit

Length 1200 mm
2 021 330
■ Including mounting kit

I Length 1500 mm

Device column with front screen 1) 2 021 331


■ Including mounting kit

Length 1700 mm
2 021 332
■ Including mounting kit

J 1)
Warning, reduction of the scanning range!
Mirror column 1)

Designation Description Part number

K Mirror column, fully assembled with mirrors 45°



Suitable for M20Z-02xxxxxxx, 2-beam, 500 mm beam
separation
1 015 042

1)
Warning, reduction of the scanning range!

L Deflector mirror 1)

Designation Description Part number



Suitable for M20Z-02550xxxx with end caps for swivel
Deflector mirror PSR01-S04 1 025 227
mount bracket (large housing) and front screen
M 1)
Warning, reduction of the scanning range!

➜ For dimensional drawings of the device columns, mirror columns and deflector mirrors please refer to the operating instructions/technical
N description. Download at www.sick.com

O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 72
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches M 2000-A/P Standard

Dimensional drawings mounting accessories


A
3.8 44.4 Dimensions in mm
3.6

13
35
3.6
B
8
44
19 41

Ø 30.6
50
18
8.5 14.5

41.5 14.5
C
8.5
75 Ø 30.6
Ø30.6 43.5
15

42
9

34.5 6
5.5
47 51.5
62
59
D
Swivel mount Side bracket Stainless steel bracket Reinforced stainless steel bracket
Mounting kit 2
Mounting kit 9
Mounting kit 6
Mounting kit 9 E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 73
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
M 2000-A/P RES/EDM Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches

M 2000-A/P RES/

Overview of technical specifications


A
Scanning range 0 m ... 6 m

B Number of beams
Beam separation
1
500 mm
Type Type 2 according to EN 61496
Enclosure rating IP 65
C
Product description
D The M 2000-A/P RES/EDM multi-beam
photoelectric safety switch comprises a
sioning and prevent unnecessary machine
downtime. Interfaces and service concepts
sender/receiver unit on the active side (A) complete the product range to provide an
and one or more deflector mirrors on the ideal solution for the sector.
E passive side (P).
With their high signal reserve, they are also
The integrated restart interlock in the
M 2000-A/P RES/EDM offers the advan-
reliable under harsh industrial conditions. tages of shorter cable runs and quicker
Functions and status information inte- commissioning compared to traditional

F grated in the device allow rapid commis- solutions.

In-system added value


G ■ Combination
■ Safe
with SICK interfaces
interface to bus systems

Combination with Muting Further information

H LE 20 Muting ✔ L-60

Applications
I ■ Restart interlock (RES)
■ External device monitoring
(EDM) ➜ For more applications please refer to the application finder at www.sick.com
■ Self-testing
■ 7-segment display ■ Storage and conveyor technology ■ Stoneproduction
J ■ Diagnostics
■ Alignment aid
■ Wood industry
■ Textile industry
■ Electronicsindustry
■ Packaging industry

K
L
M Further information Page

➜ Dimensional drawings D-76


➜ Connection diagram D-77
N ➜ Accessories D-78

➜ Dimensional drawings
accessories D-79
O ➜ Services A-0

© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to


D - 74
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches M 2000-A/P RES/EDM

Ordering information
M 2000-A/P RES/EDM
A
■ Comprising a sender/receiver unit as the active side and a deflector mirror as the passive side

➜ Accessories see page D-78


B
Scanning range 0 ... 6 m

Number of
Beam
separation
Sender and receiver unit Deflector mirror C
beams (mm) Connection plug Type Part number Type Part number

1 500
Hirschmann 11-pin + PE
M12, 8-pin
M20Z-02550A221
M20Z-02550A222
1 018 239
1 018 362
PSR01-1501 1 016 677
D
Detailed technical specifications
E
➜ You can find more detailed data in the operating instructions/technical description. Download at www.sick.com

General system data F


Scanning range 0 m ... 6 m
Number of beams 1
Beam separation
Enclosure rating
500 mm
IP 65
G
Type Type 2 according to EN 61496
Synchronisation
Supply voltage VS
Optical, without separate synchronisation
24 V (19.2 V ... 28.8 V) DC
H
Sender/receiver unit
Switching outputs (OSSDs) 2 PNP semiconductors
(short-circuit protected, cross-circuit monitored) I
Response time (depending on type) Max. 7 ms
Switching voltage
HIGHmin
LOWmax
VS – 2.25 V
1V J
Switching current Max. 500 mA
Power consumption Max. 7.5 W

Operating data K
Type of connection (depending on type) Hirschmann plug 11-pin + PE
M12 plug, 8-pin
Connection cable wire cross-section
Hirschmann plug Max. 1 mm2 L
M12 plug Max. 0.25 mm2
Connection cable length
for wire cross-section 1 mm2
for wire cross-section 0.25 mm2
Max. 60 m
Max. 15 m M
Ambient operating temperature TA 0 °C ... +55 °C
Storage temperature TS –25 °C ... +70 °C
Air humidity
Housing cross-section
15 % ... 95 %
48 mm x 40 mm
N
Vibration resistance 5 g, 10 ... 55 Hz according to IEC 60068-2-6
Shock resistance
Weight (depending on type)
10 g, 16 ms according to IEC 60068-2-29
1.25 kg ... 2.86 kg
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 75
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
M 2000-A/P RES/EDM Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches

Dimensional drawings
A
➜ You will find more dimensional drawings in the technical description/operating instructions. Download at www.sick.com

B ➁ ➀ ➄
➂ ➃
C
D
E ➅

F
G
H
I
➆ Dimensions in mm

J Sender/receiver unit with swivel mount


➀ Mounting clamp
➁ M12 x 1 socket (standard)
➂ Sliding nut groove for side mounting

K ➃ Hex screw M8, DIN 933 with washer. DIN 9021 (not supplied with delivery)
➄ Centre of light beam offset
➅ Adjustment
➆ Plug PG13.5 according to DIN 43651
L S Sender
R Receiver

N S1 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6

M N
2

Number of beams
500 653

S 1 Beam separation
611 720 741 678 716
Dimensions in mm

N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 76
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches M 2000-A/P RES/EDM

Connection diagram
A
➜ You can find more connection diagrams at www.sick.com

M 2000-A/P RES/EDM on safety relay UE 10 B


+24 V

S1 1)
C
x(6) y(8)

6 2
Test 1
r1 r2
x(7) y(9)
z(6)
D
+24V 2
r1
(7)
n.c.
3

4
r2
(8)

z(9)
E
EDM

5
OSSD1

OSSD2
6
F
7
GND

Shield
8
1 3 4 5 6 8
G
r1
M2000AP

2
r2

UE 10-2 OS 7 9
H
0V
I
2) PELV

Task
Interfacing an M 2000-A/P RES/EDM multi-beam photoelectric
Comments
1) Output circuits. These contacts are to be connected to the
J
safety switch to UE10-2OS. Operating mode with restart inter- controller such that, with the output circuit open, the danger-
lock and external device monitoring. ous state is disabled. For categories 4 and 3, the integration
Function
The yellow LED on the M 2000-A/P RES/EDM flashes when the
must be dual-channel (x/y paths). Single-channel integration
in the control (z path) is only possible with a single-channel K
control and taking the risk analysis into account.
light path is clear and the UE 10 is de-energised and functioning 2) PELV as required in EN 60204-1 / 6.4
correctly. The system is ready to be switched on. The system is
enabled by pressing S1 (button is pressed and released). The
OSSD1 and OSSD2 outputs are live, the UE 10 is switched on.
On interruption of one of the light beams, the UE 10 is de-ener-
The related operating instructions for the integrated devices
L
must be observed.
gised by the OSSD1 and OSSD2 outputs.
Possible faults
Cross-circuits and short-circuits of the OSSDs are being
detected and lead to the inhibited state (lock-out). The incorrect
M
functioning of the UE10 will be detected and will not result in the
loss of the shutdown function. Jamming of the S1 button pre-
vents output circuit to enable.
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 77
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
M 2000-A/P RES/EDM Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches

Accessories
A Mounting accessories

Designation Description Part number

B Mounting kit 2


4 pieces
Pivoting 2 019 659

Swivel mount

4 pieces
C Mounting kit 6 ■


Pivoting
Side bracket
2 019 506


2 pieces swivel mount, pivoting for sender/receiver unit
M 2000-A/P/active

D Mounting kit 9 ■
2 pieces side brackets, pivoting for deflector mirror
PSR01-1501
2 021 569


4 pieces
Stainless steel bracket ■
Pivoting 2 023 708

E ■


Large housing profile
4 pieces
■ Pivoting
Reinforced stainless steel bracket 2 026 850

Vibration resistance 5 g, 10 Hz ... 55 Hz

F Shock resistance 10 g, 16 ms

Connector technology
Connection Designation Description Connection cable Part number

G System connection
Hirschmann cable socket


11-pin + PE
Straight
— 6 020 757

Hirschmann plug ■
11-pin + PE
— 6 020 758

Angled

H 2.5 m
5.0 m
6 020 537
6 020 354

8-pin
7.5 m 6 020 353
■ Straight

I System connection
M12 plug
M12 cable socket 10.0 m
15.0 m
6 020 352
6 020 872
■ 8-pin 5.0 m 6 021 342

Angled
J Interfaces
15.0 m 6 021 343

Designation Description Connection Type Part number

K ■


With screw terminal connector
16-pin
LE20-2612 1 016 503

Safety evaluation unit LE 20 ■


With terminal plug spring
■ Angled LE20-2614 1 016 505

L ■


IP 20
2 PNP OSSDs, 500 mA


16-pin
With screw terminal connector
LE20-2622 1 016 502
Safety evaluation unit ■
15- and 16-pin
LE 20 Muting ■ With terminal plug spring
M ■ For opto-electronic protective

15- and 16-pin
LE20-2624 1 016 501

— UE10-3OS2D0 6 024 917


devices
■ For opto-electronic protective
N Safety relay

devices
With screw type terminals


UE10-3OS3D0

UE10-2OS2D0
6 024 918

2 019 772

With spring terminals — UE10-2OS4D0 2 019 771

O ■
Without terminals — UE10-2OS1D0 6 020 342

© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to


D - 78
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Multi-beam photoelectric safety switches M 2000-A/P RES/EDM

Device columns
Designation Description Part number A

2-beam, 500 mm beam separation
Device column without front screen 2 021 328
■ Including mounting kit


Length 1200 mm
Including mounting kit
2 021 330 B

Length 1500 mm
Device column with front screen 1) 2 021 331

Including mounting kit


Length 1700 mm
Including mounting kit
2 021 332 C
1)
Warning, reduction of the scanning range!
Device columns for outdoor use

Designation Description Part number


D

Suitable for M20-02x50Axxx and M 20Z-02x50Axxx
2 023 707
With brackets and cable socket
E

■ Without photoelectric safety switch


Device column with heating 220 V

Suitable for M20-03x40Axxx
■ With brackets and cable socket 2 025 441

Without photoelectric safety switch

Mirror column 1)
F
Designation Description Part number

Mirror column, fully assembled with mirrors 45°


■ Suitable for M20Z-02xxxxxxx, 2-beam, 500 mm beam
separation
1 015 042 G
1) Warning, reduction of the scanning range!
Deflector mirror 1)
Designation Description Part number
H

Suitable for M 20Z-02550xxxx with end caps for swivel
Deflector mirror PSR01-S04 1 025 227
mount bracket (large housing) and front screen
1)
Warning, reduction of the scanning range! I
➜ For dimensional drawings of the device columns, mirror columns and deflector mirrors please refer to the operating instructions/technical
description. Download at www.sick.com
J
Dimensional drawings mounting accessories

3.8 44.4 Dimensions in mm


K
3.6
35

8 13
44
3.6

41
L
19
8.5 14.5

Ø 30.6

75
50
18
Ø 30.6
41.5

Ø30.6
8.5
14.5

43.5
M
15
9
5.5 62
51.5
42

Swivel mount
34.5

Side bracket
6
47

Stainless steel bracket


59
Reinforced stainless steel bracket
N
Mounting kit 2 Mounting kit 6
Mounting kit 9 Mounting kit 9

O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
D - 79
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
Single-beam photoelectric safety switches
Single-beam photoelectric
safety switches
Electro-sensitive access protection of hazardous areas with type 2 and
type 4 single-beam photoelectric safety switches

Door monitoring on a packaging machine Monitoring robot presence at a loading station

SICK’s single-beam photoelectric safety switches consist either Also safe in extreme situations
of testable senders and receivers, or of testable senders and All single-beam photoelectric safety switches from SICK have an
receivers combined with an evaluation unit. These devices IP 67 enclosure rating and are therefore very well equipped to
impress both with their large scanning range and the variety of withstand extreme conditions such as heat (up to +60 °C), cold
shapes and sizes available. They also offer maximum safety (to –40 °C) or humidity. SICK also provides solutions for chang-
performance as they comply with control categories type 2 or ing ambient conditions and the outdoor area.
type 4 in accordance with EN 61496.
Flexible technology that adapts as required
The possible applications are very wide-ranging: Whether on
robots, processing machines, machining centres, palletising sys- SICK photoelectric safety switches offer you more flexibility than
tems, high-bay warehouses or transfer lines - with products from ever before. You will profit from the very wide range of shapes,
SICK you will profit from a customer-friendly solution of the high- sizes and types and will have a very large choice of housing
est quality. materials. Whether rectangular or cylindrical photoelectric
switches, at SICK you will always find the right solution for your
Double benefit for low stock-keeping costs application.
You profit twice with SICK devices, as you can also use the pho- Impressive performance, optimum price
toelectric safety switches for your automation applications. You
only need to keep one type of through-beam photoelectric You will also profit from an optimum price-performance ratio.
switch in stock and can thus reduce your costs. SICK products are optimally matched to one another.

Services for productive safety


With services tailored specifically to your needs, SICK offers all- Address productivity and cost-effectiveness from the start: From
embracing support for the safety of your machine or system. selection and planning, through commissioning and inspection,
to maintenance and modernisation.

➜ For information about the services please refer to chapter A

© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to


E-0 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Single-beam photoelectric safety switches

Single-beam photoelectric safety switches A


B
C
D
E
Functions F

aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
Construction size (mm), (H x W x D or Ø x L)

G
Ambient operating temperature (°C)
Type according to IEC/EN 61496

External device monitoring


H
Scanning range (m)
Number of sensors
Safety application

Restart interlock

I
Muting
Type

Product Page

8 1)
0 ... 5
0 ... 10 –20 ... +55 Cylindrical
M18 x 108
M18 x 98 — ✔ 1) ✔ 1) L 4000 / L 400 E-2
J
0 ... 60 M30 x100
Type 4
1
0.5 ... 18
15 ... 70
–25 ... +55 Rectangular 156 x 50 x 116 — ✔ 4) ✔ 4) WSU/WEU 26/2 E-11
K
0 ... 10/12 3)
–40 ... +60 Rectangular 49 x 15 x 41.5 ✔ 2)
✔ 2)
✔ 2)
WS/WE 12-2 E-16
3)
✔ 2)
✔ 2)
✔ 2)

Type 2 6 2)
0 ... 12/18

0 ... 40/50 3)
–25 ... +60

–40 ... +60


Rectangular 75.5 x 17.6 x 33.5

Rectangular 87.5 x 27 x 65 ✔ 2) ✔ 2) ✔ 2) WS/WE 24-2


WS/WE 18-3 E-21

E-26
L
0 ... 25/35 3) –40 ... +60 Rectangular 80 x 24 x 53.5 ✔ 2) ✔ 2) ✔ 2) WS/WE 27-2 E-31

1)
With UE 401
0 ... 16/22 3)
–40 ... +60 Cylindrical M18 x 80 ✔ 2)
✔ 2)
✔ 2)
VS/VE 18-2 E-37
M
2)
With LE 20 / LE 20 Muting
3)
4)
Typical / maximum
With LCU-X N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
E-1
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
L 4000 system Single-beam photoelectric safety switches

L 4000 system

Overview of technical specifications


A
Scanning range (depending on type) 0 m ... 60 m

B Construction sizes (depending on type)


Enclosure rating
M18 / M30
IP 67
Ambient operating temperature –20 °C ... +55 °C
Type Type 4 according to EN 61496 (only in
C conjunction with UE 401)

Product description
D The L 4000 photoelectric safety switch and error messages on the 7-segment dis-
system comprises the UE 401 safety eval- play of the UE 401 safety evaluation unit
uation unit, to which up to 4 L 4000/L 400 allows rapid diagnostics. The possibility of
E sensors (sender/receiver combinations)
can be connected as single pairs or up to
connecting 4 individual sensor pairs or
8 sensors, the range of versions providing
8 sensors can be connected in cascade. the right scanning range for the specific
■ Restart interlock The UE 401 safety evaluation device is the application, the suitability for outdoor appli-
■ External device monitoring cations, and the use of deflector mirrors
F ■ Max. 8 sensor pairs
■ Simple alignment
connecting link between sensors and
machine controller.
Colour LEDs provide in-situ information on
also allow for the solution of complex pro-
tection tasks.
■ Simple diagnostics and operational status. The indication of status
service
G In-system added value
■ Combination with SICK interfaces
H ■ Safe interface to bus systems

Switching outputs
Combination with N/O contact N/C contact Further information

I UE 10-3 OS
UE 10-2 OS
3
2
1

L-3
L-59

J Applications
➜ For more applications please refer to the application finder at www.sick.com

K ■ Robots
■ Processing machines
■ Palletiser
■ High-bay
systems
warehouses
■ Machining centres ■ Transfer lines

L
M Further information Page

➜ Technical specifications E-4

N ➜ Dimensional drawings E-6


➜ Connection diagram E-8

➜ Accessories E-9 Lateral protection on an automated guided Door monitoring on a packaging machine

O ➜ Services A-0
vehicle

© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to


E-2
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Single-beam photoelectric safety switches L 4000 system

Ordering information
A
The L 4000 photoelectric safety switch system, consisting of:
■ Safety evaluation device UE 401
■ Sensor pair(s) L 400 or L 4000

➜ Accessories see page E-9


B
Evaluation device
C
Description Type Part number
Safety evaluation device UE 401 UE401-A0010 6 027 343
D
L 4000 sensors
■ Construction size M30, angled
■ M12 plug, 4-pin E
Scanning range Description Housing For Type Part number
Sender L40S-33MA2A 6 027 335
0 m ... 60 m Axial optics Metal
Receiver L40E-33MA2A 6 027 336 F
L 400 sensors
■ Construction
■ M12
size M18, straight
plug, 4-pin
G
Scanning range Description Housing For Type Part number

0 m ... 10 m Axial optics


Plastic L40S-21KA1A 6 027 337 H
Metal Sender L40S-21MA1A 6 027 339
0 m ... 5 m Radial optics Metal L40S-11MA1A 6 027 341

0 m ... 10 m Axial optics


Plastic
Metal Receiver
L40E-21KA1A
L40E-21MA1A
6 027 338
6 027 340
I
0 m ... 5 m Radial optics Metal L40E-11MA1A 6 027 342

J
K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
E-3
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
L 4000 system Single-beam photoelectric safety switches

Detailed technical specifications


A
➜ You can find more detailed data in the operating instructions. Download at www.sick.com

B Safety evaluation device UE 401


Sensor connection Up to 8 sensor pairs
Response time Max. 30 ms
C Protection class III
Enclosure rating IP 20
Type Type 4 according to IEC 61496

D Supply voltage
Power consumption
24 V (19.2 V ... 28.8 V) DC
Max. 3.6 W at 28.8 V
Switching outputs (OSSDs) 2 PNP semiconductors
(short-circuit protected, cross-circuit monitored)
E Switching voltage HIGH (active, Ueff) 24 V (17.5 V ... 28.8 V) DC
Switching voltage LOW (inactive) Max. 1.3 V
Switching current Max. 0.5 A

F Type of connection
Cable lengths
Interchangeable, coded screw-type terminals
Max. 100 m between evaluation device, sender, receiver and
signal sources, with wire cross-section 0.25 mm2
0.25 mm2 ... 2.5 mm2
G Wire cross-section
Ambient operating temperature –20 °C ... +55 °C
Air humidity (non-dewing) 15 % ... 95 %
Storage temperature –25 °C ... +75 °C

H Housing fastening
Vibration resistance
Snap-in fastening for mounting rail 35 mm, DIN EN 500022
5 g, 10 ... 55 Hz according to IEC 60068-2-6
Shock resistance 10 g, 16 ms according to IEC 60068-2-29

I Weight

L 4000 sensor
160 g

Scanning range 0 m ... 60 m

J Light beam diameter


Aperture angle/receive angle
26 mm
Max. ±2.5
Light sender/type of light LED / visible red light (660 nm)

K Protection class
Enclosure rating
III
IP 67
Type Type 4 according to IEC 61496
(only in conjunction with safety evaluation device UE 401)

L Supply voltage
Power consumption
24 V (19.2 V ... 28.8 V) DC

Sender Max. 60 mA
Receiver Max. 30 mA

M Type of connection
Construction size
M12 plug, 4-pin, angled
M30
Housing material Brass nickel-plated

N Lens material Glass

O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
E-4
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Single-beam photoelectric safety switches L 4000 system

Ambient operating temperature


Air humidity (non-dewing)
–20 °C ... +55 °C
15 % ... 95 % A
Storage temperature –25 °C ... +75 °C
Vibration resistance 5 g, 10 ... 55 Hz according to IEC 60068-2-6
Shock resistance
Weight
10 g, 16 ms according to IEC 60068-2-29
212 g
B
L 400 sensor
Scanning range (depending on type)
Axial optics 0 m ... 10 m
C
Radial optics 0 m ... 5 m
Light beam diameter 12 mm
Aperture angle/receive angle Max. ±2.5 D
Light sender/type of light LED, visible red light (660 nm)
Protection class III
Enclosure rating
Type
IP 67
Type 4 according to IEC 61496
E
(only in conjunction with safety evaluation device UE 401)
Supply voltage
Power consumption
Sender
24 V (19.2 V ... 28.8 V) DC

Max. 60 mA
F
Receiver Max. 30 mA
Type of connection
Construction size
M12 plug, 4-pin, straight
M18 G
Housing material Plastic or brass nickel-plated
Lens material Glass
Ambient operating temperature –20 °C ... +55 °C H
Air humidity (non-dewing) 15 % ... 95 %
Storage temperature –25 °C ... +75 °C
Vibration resistance
Shock resistance
5 g, 10 ... 55 Hz according to IEC 60068-2-6
10 g, 16 ms according to IEC 60068-2-29
I
Weight
Plastic housing 30 g
Metal housing 67 g J
K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
E-5
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
L 4000 system Single-beam photoelectric safety switches

Dimensional drawings
A Safety evaluation device UE 401
1 2 3 4

B
9 10 11 12

C 113.5

D 22.6

ON
OFF

E
99

REST

STATUS
UE 401

F
6.5

G
13 14 15 16

H Dimensions in mm
5 6 7 8

I L 4000 sensor
100
11.5 88.5

J LED
62
LED
M30x1.5

K
35

SW 36

L M12x1 5 17
Dimensions in mm

M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
E-6
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Single-beam photoelectric safety switches L 4000 system

L 400 sensor, axial optics


A
97.7
7 57.5 17.6 15.6
45°
B

ø 16.4
M12x1
M18x1

C
LED

D
11 Dimensions in mm

E
L 400 sensor, radial optics

45°
17
107.7
57.5 17.6 15.6 F
11
G
H
M18x1

M12x1

LED
I
J
11 Dimensions in mm

K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
E-7
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
L 4000 system Single-beam photoelectric safety switches

Connection diagram
A
➜ You can find more connection diagrams at www.sick.com

B 5 x L 4000 (2 pairs cascaded) on UE 401 with UE 10-3 OS


+ 24 V

C Bn
Wh
1
2
1
2
Bn
Wh
S1
Bu Bu
3 L40-E L40-S 3
Bk Bk
4 4

D Bn
Wh
1 1
Bn
Wh
2 2
Bu Bu
3 L40-S L40-E 3 14 5 13 9 11 1 10 3
Bk Bk

E Bn
4 4

Bn
UE 401
1 1 6 15 7 16 8 2 4 12
Wh Wh
2 2
Bu Bu

F Bk
3
4
L40-E L40-S 3
4
Bk

Bn Bn B1 B3 Y1 13 23 33 41
1 1
Wh Wh
2 2
G Bu
Bk
3
4
L40-S L40-E 3
4
Bu
Bk UE 10
-3 OS
Bn Bn
1 1 B2 B4 Y2 14 24 34 42
H Wh
Bu
Bk
2
3 L40-E
2
L40-S 3
Wh
Bu
Bk
4 4

I
1) PELV

J Task Possible faults


Integration of five single-beam photoelectric safety switches Cross-circuits and short-circuits of the OSSDs are being
L 400 / L 4000 (2 pairs cascaded) with safety evaluation detected and lead to the inhibited state (lock-out). The incorrect

K device UE 401 and safety relay UE 10-3 OS. Operating mode


with restart interlock and external device monitoring.
Function
functioning of the UE 10 will be detected and will not result in
the loss of the shutdown function. Jamming of the S1 button
prevents output circuit to enable.
When the light path is clear and the UE 10 is de-energised and Comments
functioning correctly, the yellow LED on the UE 401 flashes. The 1) PELV as required in EN 60204-1 / 6.4

L system is ready to be switched on. The system is enabled by


pressing S1 (button is pressed and released). The OSSD1 and The related operating instructions for the integrated devices
OSSD2 outputs are live, the UE 10 is switched on. On the inter- must be observed!
ruption of one of the light beams, the UE 10 is deactivated by

M the OSSD1 and OSSD2 outputs.

N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
E-8
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Single-beam photoelectric safety switches L 4000 system

Accessories
Interfaces
A
Designation Description Switching outputs Type Part number

For opto-electronic
protective devices


3 N/O contacts
1 N/C contact
UE10-3OS2D0
UE10-3OS3D0
6 024 917
6 024 918
B

With screw type termi-
Safety relay


nals
With spring terminals

2 N/O contacts
UE10-2OS2D0
UE10-2OS4D0
2 019 772
2 019 771 C
■ Without terminals UE10-2OS1D0 6 020 342

Mounting accessories

Designation Description Type Part number


D

M18 BEF-WN-M18 5 308 446
Mounting bracket


M30
M30
BEF-WN-M30 5 308 445
E
■ Pivoting BEF-HA-M30-A 5 311 527

With fastening thread M6

Mounting bracket


M30
Pivoting BEF-HA-M30-R 5 311 528
F

With fixing holes for M4

M18


Pivoting
With fixing holes 4 mm
BEF-HA-M18-R 5 313 513
G
Connector technology

Designation Design Description



Can be preformed
Type
DOS-1204-G
Part number
6 007 302
H

Cable 2 m
DOL-1204-G02M 6 009 382

4-pin


PVC
Cable 5 m
DOL-1204-G05M 6 009 866
I
■ PVC
straight

Cable 10 m
DOL-1204-G10M 6 010 543


PVC
Cable 5 m
DOL-1204-G05MC 6 025 901
J
■ PUR halogen-free
Cable socket M12

Can be preformed DOS-1204-W 6 007 303


Cable 2 m
PVC
DOL-1204-W02M 6 009 383 K

Cable 5 m
4-pin DOL-1204-W05M 6 009 867

PVC
angled


Cable 10 m
PVC
DOL-1204-W10M 6 010 541 L

Cable 5 m
DOL-1204-W05MC 6 025 904

PUR halogen-free

Cable plug M12


4-pin
straight
■ Can be preformed STE-1204-G 6 009 932
M
Continued on next page

N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
E-9
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
L 4000 system Single-beam photoelectric safety switches

Deflector mirrors
A Designation Description Type Part number

Mirror surface 96 mm x 124 mm PSK1 1 005 229
■ Mirror surface 105 mm x 160 mm PNS105-1 1 004 076
B Deflector mirror 1)


Mirror surface 75 mm x 80 mm
Including mounting adapter (2 pc. swivel PNS75-008 1 026 647
mount)
For 90° beam deflection
C

PSK45 5 306 053


■ Including mounting kit
Bracket BEF-GH 2 009 292
■ For PSK 1
Spring fastening — 2 012 473

D 1)
Warning, reduction of the scanning range!

Other accessories

Designation Description Part number


E AR 60 adapter

For L 4000, M30 5 311 529

For L 400, M18 5 313 533
Replacement terminal strip ■ For UE401-A0010 6 025 841

F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
E - 10
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Single-beam photoelectric safety switches WSU/WEU 26/2
WSU/WEU 26/2

Overview of technical specifications


A
Scanning range (depending on type) 0.5 m ... 18 m / 15 m ... 70 m
Supply voltage (depending on type)
Enclosure rating
24 V DC / 230 V AC / 115 V AC
B
with connection plug IP 65
with PG connector IP 67
Type Type 4 according to EN 61496 part 1 and
EN 50100 part 2 C
Construction size (H x W x D) 156 mm x 50 mm x 116 mm

Product description D
The photoelectric safety switch WSU/ distance from the nearest hazardous point
WEU 26/2 is used for access protection of
hazardous areas on machines or plants.
and send a shutdown signal to the
machine or system when the light beam is E
The devices are permanently mounted in interrupted.
the access area with the necessary safety

In-system added value ■ Universal in application


F
■ Relay outputs
■ Universal power supply
■ Combination
■ Safe
with SICK interfaces
interface to bus systems
■ Robust design
■ Large scanning range
G
■ Front screen heating

Applications
H
➜ For more applications please refer to the application finder at www.sick.com
■ Robots ■ Palletiser systems
■ Machining centres
■ Processing machines
■ High-bay warehouses
■ Transfer lines
I
J
K

Access protection on a machining centre Access protection with mirror deflection


L
Further information Page

➜ Ordering information E-12

➜ Technical specifications E-13 M


➜ Dimensional drawings E-14
➜ Connection diagrams E-14
➜ Accessories E-15
N
➜ Services A-0

O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
E - 11
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
WSU/WEU 26/2 Single-beam photoelectric safety switches

Ordering information
A
➜ Accessories see page E-15

B Photoelectric safety switch WSU/WEU 26/2

Sender unit Receiver unit


Scanning
range Supply voltage Type of connection Type Part number Type Part number

C PG
Plug, 6-pin + PE
WSU26/2-110
WSU26/2-111
1 015 615
1 015 712
WEU26/2-110
WEU26/2-111
1 015 616
1 015 713
0.5 m ... 18 m 230 V AC Plug, 6-pin + PE 1) WSU26/2-113 1 015 716 WEU26/2-113 1 015 715

D Plug, 6-pin + PE
Plug, 15-pin + PE
1)

WSU26/2-114

1 015 834
WEU26/2-112
WEU26/2-114
1 015 714
1 015 835
PG WSU26/2-210 1 015 731 WEU26/2-210 1 015 743

E 15 m ... 70 m 230 V AC
Plug, 6-pin + PE
Plug, 6-pin + PE 1)
WSU26/2-211
WSU26/2-213
1 015 733
1 015 736
WEU26/2-211
WEU26/2-213
1 015 744
1 015 748
Plug, 6-pin + PE 1) — — WEU26/2-212 1 015 746
Plug, 15-pin + PE WSU26/2-214 1 015 840 WEU26/2-214 1 015 841
F
PG WSU26/2-120 1 015 717 WEU26/2-120 1 015 718
Plug, 6-pin + PE WSU26/2-121 1 015 719 WEU26/2-121 1 015 720

G 0.5 m ... 18 m 115 V AC Plug, 6-pin + PE 1)


Plug, 6-pin + PE 1)
WSU26/2-123

1 015 723

WEU26/2-123
WEU26/2-122
1 015 722
1 015 721
Plug, 15-pin + PE WSU26/2-124 1 015 836 WEU26/2-124 1 015 837

H PG
Plug, 6-pin + PE
WSU26/2-220
WSU26/2-221
1 015 738
1 015 740
WEU26/2-220
WEU26/2-221
1 015 749
1 015 750
15 m ... 70 m 115 V AC Plug, 6-pin + PE 1) WSU26/2-223 1 015 737 WEU26/2-223 1 015 505
Plug, 6-pin + PE 1) — — WEU26/2-222 1 015 751
I Plug, 15-pin + PE WSU26/2-224 1 015 842 WEU26/2-224 1 015843

PG WSU26/2-130 1 015 724 WEU26/2-130 1 015 725

J 0.5 m ... 18 m 24 V DC
Plug, 6-pin + PE
Plug, 6-pin + PE 1)
WSU26/2-131
WSU26/2-133
1 015 726
1 015 730
WEU26/2-131
WEU26/2-133
1 015 727
1 015 729
Plug, 6-pin + PE 1) — — WEU26/2-132 1 015 728

K Plug, 15-pin + PE
PG
WSU26/2-134
WSU26/2-230
1 015 838
1 015 745
WEU26/2-134
WEU26/2-230
1 015 839
1 015 504
Plug, 6-pin + PE WSU26/2-231 1 015 747 WEU26/2-231 1 015 753
1)

L 15 m ... 70 m 24 V DC Plug, 6-pin + PE


Plug, 6-pin + PE 1)
WSU26/2-233

1 015 739

WEU26/2-233
WEU26/2-232
1 015 755
1 015 754
Plug, 15-pin + PE WSU26/2-234 1 015 844 WEU26/2-234 1 015 845
1)
Alternative internal wiring of the normally closed and normally open contacts (see technical description)
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
E - 12
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Single-beam photoelectric safety switches WSU/WEU 26/2

Detailed technical specifications


A
➜ You can find more detailed data in the operating instructions/technical description. Download at www.sick.com

General system data B


Scanning range (depending on type) 0.5 m ... 18 m / 15 m ... 70 m
Number of beams 1
Synchronisation Optical, without separate synchronisation cable C
Light beam diameter 23 mm
Aperture angle/receive angle 4°
Wavelength of sender
Protection class
950 nm
I
D
Enclosure rating
Connection plug IP 65

Operating mode
PG connector IP 67
Protective operation without start and restart interlock
E
Supply voltage VS (depending on type) 24 V (19.2 V ... 28.8 V) DC

Type
230 V (195.5 V ... 253 V) AC
115 V (97.75 V ... 126 V) AC
Type 4 according to EN 61496 part 1 and EN 50100 part 2
F
AC supply frequency Min. 48 Hz

Sender unit
Test output For volt-free switch
G
Output current 10 mA
Power consumption
24 V DC version
115 V AC version
4W
7 VA
H
230 V AC version 7 VA
Weight (depending on type)

Receiver unit
0.9 kg to 1.3 kg
I
Switching outputs Relay, max. switching frequency 0.2/s (1 switching operation in 5 s)
Response time
Switching current
Max. 22 ms
0.02 A ... 2 A J
Switching voltage 24 V DC ... 250 V AC
Switching capacity (DC/AC) Max. 144 W / 1380 VA
Mechanical service life (switching operations)
Electrical service life (switching operations)
Max. 107 K
DC with 2 A switching current Max. 8 x 104
AC with 2 A switching current Max. 5 x 104
Power consumption
24 V DC version 6W
L
115 V AC version 10 VA
230 V AC version 10 VA
Weight (depending on type) 1.0 kg to 1.4 kg M
Operating data
Type of connection (depending on type) Connection cable (PG 13.5), connection plug
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
–25 °C ... +55 °C
–25 °C ... +70 °C
N
Air humidity (non-dewing) 15 % ... 95 %
Vibration resistance
Shock resistance
5 g, 10 ... 55 Hz according to IEC 60068-2-6
10 g, 16 ms according to IEC 60068-2-29
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
E - 13
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
WSU/WEU 26/2 Single-beam photoelectric safety switches

Dimensional drawings
A Dimensional drawing WSU/WEU 26/2-xx0

50 116
B
34
65

C
156

128

M6 x 8

D
65

17.5
14

E PG13.5 15.5
65
95
96
F
Dimensional drawing WSU/WEU 26/2-xx4 Dimensional drawing WSU 26/2-xx1 and -xx3 and WEU 26/
2-xx1, -xx2 u. -xx3

G 50 116 50 116

34
34

65
65

H
156
156

M6 x 8 128
128

M6 x 8

I
65
65

14
14

J
81

100
K
15.5
65
L 15.5
appr. 50
space

65
appr. 50

95
space

96 95
96

M
Dimensions in mm

Connection diagrams
N
➜ For connection diagrams please refer to the technical description. Download at www.sick.com

O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
E - 14
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Single-beam photoelectric safety switches WSU/WEU 26/2

Accessories
Mounting accessories
A
Designation Description Part number
Mounting bracket ■ For WSU/WEU 26/2 2 007 900 B
Connector technology

Designation Description

Straight
Part number

6 006 612
C

6-pin + PE (plastic)

Angled

Cable socket


6-pin + PE (plastic)
Straight cable outlet PG 13.5
6 006 613

2 019 075
D

15-pin + PE (plastic)

Lateral cable outlet PG 16

15-pin + PE (plastic)
2 019 076
E
Deflector mirrors

Designation Description
■ Mirror surface 96 mm x 124 mm
Type
PSK1
Part number
1 005 229
F

Mirror surface 105 mm x 160 mm PNS105-1 1 004 076

Mirror surface 75 mm x 80 mm
Deflector mirror 1) ■
Including mounting adapter (2 pc. swivel
mount)
PNS75-008 1 026 647
G

For 90° beam deflection
PSK45 5 306 053
■ Including mounting kit
Bracket
Spring fastening
■ For PSK 1
BEF-GH

2 009 292
2 012 473
H
1)
Warning, reduction of the scanning range!

Other accessories I
Designation Description Type Part number

With 2 cable entries PG 21 — 5 305 978
PG expansion
■ PG expansion PG 13/21 — 5 306 052 J
Dust protection tube — — 1 003 556
Snow protection tube — — 1 003 619

Arc-suppressor


0.22 µF/220 Ω for 110 V AC ... 220 V AC
2.2 µF/100 Ω for 24 V AC/DC ... 48 V AC/DC
RC-A
RC-AD
6 001 224
6 001 225
K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
E - 15
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
WS/WE 12-2 Single-beam photoelectric safety switches

WS/WE 12-2

Overview of technical specifications


A
Scanning range (typical/maximum) 0 m ... 10 m / 0 m ... 12 m

B Light sender/type of light


Ambient operating temperature
LED / infrared
–40 °C ... +60 °C
Enclosure rating IP 67
Type Type 2 according to EN 61496 (only in
C Construction size (H x W x D)
conjunction with suitable testing device)
49 mm x 15 mm x 41,5 mm

D Product description
The SICK single-beam photoelectric safety switch WS/WE 12-2 consists of a testable
sender and receiver combined with an evaluation unit.
E
In-system added value
F ■ Compact
■ Infrared
design
light ■ Combination
■ Safe
with SICK interfaces
interface to bus systems
■ Insensitive to external light
sources Type

G ■ Die-cast housing Combination


with
according to
EN 61496 Switching outputs Muting
Further
information
LE 20 2 2 PNP semiconductors 1) — L-53

LE 20 Muting 2 2 PNP semiconductors 1) ✔ L-60


H UE 10-3 OS
UE 10-2 OS


Relay (3 N/O contacts, 1 N/C contact)
Relay, 2 N/O contacts


L-3
L-59
1)
Short-circuit protected, cross-circuit monitored

I
Applications
J ➜ For more applications please refer to the application finder at www.sick.com
■ Machining centres ■ High-bay warehouses
■ Processing machines ■ Transfer lines

K ■ Palletiser systems

L
M
N Further information Page

➜ Dimensional drawings E-18


Access protection on a conveyor system Access protection with mirror deflection

➜ Connection diagram E-19

O ➜ Accessories E-20

➜ Services A-0
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
E - 16
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Single-beam photoelectric safety switches WS/WE 12-2

Ordering information
A
➜ Accessories see page E-20

Single-beam photoelectric safety switch WS/WE 12-2 B


Designation Description Connection Type Part number

Scanning range 10 m Connection cable 2 m WS/WE12-2P160 1 018 046
Light sender and light receiver ■


PNP
Q and Q Device plug M12, 4-pin WS/WE12-2P460 1 018 047 C
■ Scanning range 10 m Connection cable 2 m WE12-2P160 2 021 440
Light receiver ■
PNP

Q and Q Device plug M12, 4-pin

Connection cable 2 m
WE12-2P460

WS12-2D160
2 021 442

2 021 439
D
Light sender ■
Scanning range 10 m
Device plug M12, 4-pin WS12-2D460 2 021 441

Detailed technical specifications E


➜ You can find more detailed data in the operating instructions/technical description for the safety evaluation unit LE 20.
Download at www.sick.com F
General system data
Scanning range (typical/maximum)
Light spot diameter
0 m ... 10 m / 0 m ... 12 m
Approx. 500 mm in 10 m distance
G
Aperture and receive angle (typically/maximum) ±1,5° / ±5°
Light sender
Type of light
LED
Infrared light (880 nm), pulsating, H
average service life 100 000 h (at TA = 25 °C)
Protection class II
Circuit protection Reverse polarity protected VS connections, short-circuit
protected output Q and Q, interference suppression
I
Enclosure rating IP 67
Type Type 2 according to EN 61496 (only in conjunction with suitable

Supply voltage VS
testing device)
24 V DC (–30 % ... +20 %)
J
Sender unit
Test input TI
Sender on TI to VS K
Sender off TI to 0 V
Power consumption Max. 35 mA

Receiver unit
Switching outputs PNP, Q and Q
L
Response time/switching sequence Max. 500 µs / max. 1000/s
Output current IO
Power consumption
Max. 100 mA
Max. 25 mA
M
Operating data
Type of connection
Ambient operating temperature TA
Plug-in connection, 4-pin or cable 2 m
–40 °C ... +60 °C N
Storage temperature TS –40 °C ... +75 °C
Weight
Cable version
Plug version
200 g
120 g
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
E - 17
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
WS/WE 12-2 Single-beam photoelectric safety switches

Dimensional drawings
A
WS/WE 12-2 P 460

B
24 10

41.5

C
22.6

D 7.3

49
5.6
26.9

5.1
E
2

F
15

9.2

G WS/WE 12-2 P 160

M 12

H
16.5

I 16.5
Dimensions in mm

➀ Centre of optical axis


➁ LED
J ➂ Fixing holes Ø 4.2 mm
➃ Fastening thread M4, 4 mm deep
➄ Sensitivity adjuster (WE)
➅ Alignment sight
K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
E - 18
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Single-beam photoelectric safety switches WS/WE 12-2

Connection diagram
A
➜ You can find more connection diagrams at www.sick.com

2 x WS/WE 12-2 on safety evaluation unit LE 20 B


+ 24 V

1)
C
LE 20 x y

D
POWER IN SENSOR INPUT SENSOR OUTPUT
k1 k2

EDM DISABLE
TEST EXTERN

RES DISABLE
SENSOR B x y
SENSOR A

TEST/NON

TEST B
TEST A

OSSD1

OSSD2
+24 V

EDM
RES
0V

NC

NC
k1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
k2
z E
k1
kT S1
k2
F

Q
G
WE... WS...

Q
H
K1 K2

0V
WE... WS...
I
Task Possible faults
Integration of two single-beam photoelectric safety switches
(only approved types as per technical description) with LE 20 in
a relay/contactor control. Operating mode with restart interlock
The incorrect functioning of one of the K1 or K2 contactors
does not result in the loss of the shutdown function. Jamming of
the S1 button prevents output circuit to enable.
J
and external device monitoring. Comments
1) Output circuits: These contacts are to be connected to the
Function
If the light path is clear and the contactors K1 and K2 are de-
energised, the OSSDs in the LE 20 are switched on by pressing
controller such that, with the output circuit open, the danger-
ous state is disabled. For categories 4 and 3, the integration
K
S1 (button is pressed and released). The OSSDs of the LE 20 must be dual-channel (x/y paths).
(terminals 15 and 16) activate the contactors K1 and K2. On Single-channel integration in the control (z path) is only possi-
interruption of one of the light beams, the LE 20 deactivates the
contactors K1 and K2. The contact (kT) is connected to terminal
ble with a single-channel control and taking into account the
risk analysis. L
3 and is tested by the control system. If this contact is opened,
the LE 20 deactivates the contactors K1 and K2. If testing is not The related operating instructions for the integrated devices
possible, terminal 5 is to be connected to +24 V DC potential
and dual-channel integration in the control is necessary.
must be observed!
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
E - 19
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
WS/WE 12-2 Single-beam photoelectric safety switches

Accessories
A Interfaces

Designation Description Connection Type Part number

B ■


With screw terminal connector
16-pin
LE20-2612 1 016 503

Safety evaluation unit LE 20 ■ With terminal plug spring



Angled LE20-2614 1 016 505
C ■


IP 20
2 PNP OSSDs, 500 mA


16-pin
With screw terminal connector
LE20-2622 1 016 502
Safety evaluation unit ■
15- and 16-pin
LE 20 Muting With terminal plug spring
D

LE20-2624 1 016 501



15- and 16-pin

For opto-electronic protective
— UE10-3OS2D0 6 024 917
devices

E For opto-electronic protective


— UE10-3OS3D0 6 024 918


Safety relay devices

With screw type terminals — UE10-2OS2D0 2 019 772
■ With spring terminals — UE10-2OS4D0 2 019 771

F ■
Without terminals — UE10-2OS1D0 6 020 342

Mounting accessories

G Designation
Mounting bracket
Description
■ Small for WS/WE 12-2
Type
BEF-WK-W12
Part number
2 012 938

Connector technology

H Designation Description

4-pin
Type Part number

DOS-1204-G 6 007 302



Straight
Cable socket M12

I ■


4-pin
Straight
Cable 2 m, PVC
DOL-1204-G02M 6 009 382

Deflector mirrors
J Designation Description Type Part number
■ Mirror surface 96 mm x 124 mm PSK1 1 005 229

Mirror surface 105 mm x 160 mm PNS105-1 1 004 076
K Deflector mirror 1) ■


Mirror surface 75 mm x 80 mm
Including mounting adapter (2 pc. swivel mount)
PNS75-008 1 026 647


For 90° beam deflection
PSK45 5 306 053

L Including mounting kit


Bracket BEF-GH 2 009 292



For PSK 1
Spring fastening — 2 012 473
1)
Warning, reduction of the scanning range!
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
E - 20
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Single-beam photoelectric safety switches WS/WE 18-3
WS/WE 18-3

Overview of technical specifications


A
Scanning range (typical/maximum) 0 m ... 12 m / 0 m ... 18 m
Light sender/type of light
Ambient operating temperature
LED / visible red light
–40 °C ... +60 °C
B
Enclosure rating IP 67
Type Type 2 according to EN 61496 (only in

Construction size (H x W x D)
conjunction with suitable testing device)
75.5 mm x 17.6 mm x 33.5 mm
C
Product description D
The SICK single-beam photoelectric safety switch WS/WE 18-3 consists of a testable
sender and receiver combined with an evaluation unit.

In-system added value E


■ Combination with SICK interfaces ■ Safe interface to bus systems
F
Type according to EN 61496

External device monitoring

Further information
■ Compact design
G
Number of sensors

Restart interlock

■ Red light
■ Plastic housing, ABS

H
Muting

Combination
with Switching outputs

LE 20 2 2 PNP semiconductors 1) 6 ✔ ✔ — L-53


LE 20 Muting

UE 10-3 OS —
2 2 PNP semiconductors 1)

Relay (3 N/O contacts, 1 N/C contact)


6








L-60

L-3
I
UE 10-2 OS — Relay, 2 N/O contacts — — ✔ — L-59

1)
Short-circuit protected, cross-circuit monitored J
Applications
➜ For more applications please refer to the application finder at www.sick.com
K
■ Machining centres ■ High-bay warehouses
■ Processing machines
■ Palletiser systems
■ Transfer lines
L
Further information

➜ Ordering information
Page

E-22
M
➜ Technical specifications E-22
➜ Dimensional drawings E-23 N
➜ Connection diagram E-24

➜ Accessories E-25

Access protection on a conveyor system Access protection with mirror deflection


➜ Services A-0
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
E - 21
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
WS/WE 18-3 Single-beam photoelectric safety switches

Ordering information
A
➜ Accessories see page E-25

B Single-beam photoelectric safety switch WS/WE 18-3

Designation Description Connection Type Part number


Light sender and light receiver ■ Scanning range 12 m WS/WE18-3P460 1 026 751
C Light receiver


PNP
Q and Q Device plug M12, 4-pin WE18-3P460 2 031 732
Light sender ■ Scanning range 12 m WS18-3D460 2 031 731

D Detailed technical specifications


➜ You can find more detailed data in the operating instructions. Download at www.sick.com
E
General system data

F Scanning range (typical/maximum)


Light spot diameter
0 m ... 12 m / 0 m ... 18 m
Approx. 300 mm in 10 m distance
Aperture and receive angle (typically/maximum) ±1,5° / ±5°
Light sender LED

G Type of light Visible red light,


average service life 100 000 h (at TA = 25 °C)
Protection class II

H Circuit protection

Enclosure rating
Reverse polarity protected VS connections, short-circuit
protected output Q and Q, interference suppression
IP 67
Type Type 2 according to EN 61496 (only in conjunction with suitable

I Supply voltage VS
testing device)
24 V DC (–30 % ... +20 %)

Sender unit

J Test input TI
Sender on
Sender off
TI to VS
TI to 0 V
Power consumption Max. 35 mA

K Receiver unit
Switching outputs PNP, Q and Q
Response time/switching sequence Max. 500 µs / max. 1000/s

L Output current IO
Power consumption
Max. 100 mA
Max. 20 mA

Operating data

M Type of connection
Ambient operating temperature TA
Plug-in connection M12, 4-pin
–40 °C ... +60 °C
Storage temperature TS –40 °C ... +75 °C
Weight 120 g
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
E - 22
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Single-beam photoelectric safety switches WS/WE 18-3

Dimensional drawings
A
WS 18-3 D460
WE 18-3 P460
B
17.6
33.5

39
D
75.5
67
55

23.9
4.1

E
12

22
30 Dimensions in mm
F
➀ Centre of optical axis
➁ Fastening hole
➂ LED, yellow; Light reception status
G
➃ LED, green; Operating voltage active
➄ Sensitivity adjuster on WE
➅ Device plug M12, 4-pin H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
E - 23
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
WS/WE 18-3 Single-beam photoelectric safety switches

Connection diagram
A
➜ You can find more connection diagrams at www.sick.com

B WS/WE 18-3 on safety evaluation unit LE 20 Muting

+ 24 V

C
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18

D 1)
M1

M2

M3

M4

Interconn+

BIT1

BIT2

Interconn+

Interconn+

SEQUENCE

CONCURR.

Interconn+

Interconn+

LAMP 2

LAMP 1
x y
Q
LE20 k1 k2
INPUT CONFIG. TIME SELECT OUTPUT x y
A1

E POWER IN SENSOR INPUT SENSOR OUTPUT


z
Q

OVERRIDE LAMP
k1
EDM DISABLE
TEST EXTERN

RES DISABLE A2
SENSOR B
SENSOR A

TEST/NON

OVERRIDE

TEST B
TEST A

OSSD1

OSSD2
k2
+24 V

EDM

z
RES
0V

F 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

k1

G kT S1
k2
S2

H Q T

H5 K1 K2 H1.1 H1.2
WE... WS...
0V

I Task Possible faults


Integration of the single-beam photoelectric safety switch in a The incorrect functioning of one of the K1 or K2 contactors

J control via an LE 20. Muting using 2 photoelectric proximity


switches (light switching PNP) and override circuit. Concurrence
monitoring of the muting sensors, operating mode with restart
does not result in the loss of the shutdown function. The outputs
of the LE 20 are monitored PNP semiconductor outputs. Jam-
ming of the S1 button prevents output circuit to enable. Failure
interlock and external device monitoring. of a muting sensor is detected so that renewed muting is pre-
Function vented. Muting cannot be initiated if the muting lamp H1.1 is not
K If the light beam is clear and the contactors K1 and K2 are de-
energised, the OSSDs in the LE 20 are switched on by pressing
connected or is faulty, or if there is a short-circuit in this circuit. If
a replacement indicator (H1.2) is connected, it will indicate the
failure of the muting lamp H1.1 by flashing and muting can be
S1 (button is pressed and released). The OSSDs of the LE 20
initiated. Jamming of the S2 button will be detected after no
(terminals 15 and 16) activate the contactors K1 and K2. If the
more than 30 minutes and will bring the override to an end.
L light beam is interrupted, the LE 20 deactivates the contactors
K1 and K2. Comments
1) Output circuits: These contacts are to be connected to the
Muting
controller such that, with the output circuit open, the danger-
The protective field must be clear, and the OSSDs on the LE 20
ous state is disabled. For categories 4 and 3, the integration
M switched on, to allow initiation of the muting function. Muting is
prevented if photoelectric proximity switch pair A is not activated
within 3 seconds. The muting inputs must remain activated with-
must be dual-channel (x/y paths). Single-channel integration
in the control (z path) is only possible with a single-channel
control and taking into account the risk analysis.
out interruption for the duration of the muting.
Override
N If, after a power failure or a muting error, the object to be muted
is present in the light beam, the object can be moved out of the
The related operating instructions for the integrated devices
must be observed.
protective field by operating the S2 button. This is only possible
if both muting signals (A1 and A2) are present at the LE 20. This

O situation is indicated by illumination of the override lamp H5.

© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to


E - 24
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Single-beam photoelectric safety switches WS/WE 18-3

Accessories
Interfaces
A
Designation Description Connection Type Part number


With screw terminal connector
16-pin
LE20-2612 1 016 503 B
Safety evaluation unit LE 20 ■ With terminal plug spring

Angled LE20-2614 1 016 505


IP 20
2 PNP OSSDs, 500 mA


16-pin
With screw terminal connector
C
LE20-2622 1 016 502
Safety evaluation unit ■
15- and 16-pin
LE 20 Muting With terminal plug spring
D

LE20-2624 1 016 501



15- and 16-pin

For opto-electronic protective
— UE10-3OS2D0 6 024 917
devices
For opto-electronic protective
E

— UE10-3OS3D0 6 024 918


Safety relay devices

With screw type terminals — UE10-2OS2D0 2 019 772
■ With spring terminals — UE10-2OS4D0 2 019 771

Without terminals — UE10-2OS1D0 6 020 342
F
Mounting accessories

Designation
Mounting bracket
Description
■ For WS/WE 18-3
Type
BEF-WN-W18
Part number
2 009 317 G
Connector technology

Designation Description

4-pin
Type Part number H
DOS-1204-G 6 007 302

Straight
Cable socket M12


4-pin
Straight
Cable 2 m, PVC
DOL-1204-G02M 6 009 382 I
Deflector mirrors

Designation Description Type Part number


J
■ Mirror surface 96 mm x 124 mm PSK1 1 005 229

Mirror surface 105 mm x 160 mm PNS105-1 1 004 076

Deflector mirror 1) ■


Mirror surface 75 mm x 80 mm
Including mounting adapter (2 pc. swivel mount)
PNS75-008 1 026 647
K

For 90° beam deflection
PSK45 5 306 053
Including mounting kit
L

Bracket BEF-GH 2 009 292



For PSK 1
Spring fastening — 2 012 473
1)
Warning, reduction of the scanning range!
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
E - 25
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
WS/WE 24-2 Single-beam photoelectric safety switches

WS/WE 24-2

Overview of technical specifications


A
Scanning range (typical/maximum) 0 m ... 40 m / 0 m ... 50 m

B Light sender/type of light


Ambient operating temperature
LED / visible red light
–40 °C ... +60 °C
Enclosure rating IP 67
Type Type 2 according to EN 61496 (only in
C Construction size (H x W x D)
conjunction with suitable testing device)
87.5 mm x 27 mm x 65 mm

D Product description
The SICK single-beam photoelectric safety switch WS/WE 24-2 consists of a testable
sender and receiver combined with an evaluation unit.

E In-system added value


■ Combination with SICK interfaces ■ Safe interface to bus systems
F
Type according to EN 61496

External device monitoring


■ Integrated heating
■ High scanning range

G ■ Die-cast housing

Further information
Number of sensors
■ Compact design

Restart interlock
■ Red light

Muting
Combination
with Switching outputs

LE 20 2 2 PNP semiconductors 1) 6 ✔ ✔ — L-53

I LE 20 Muting

UE 10-3 OS —
2 2 PNP semiconductors 1)

Relay (3 N/O contacts, 1 N/C contact)


6








L-60

L-3

UE 10-2 OS — Relay, 2 N/O contacts — — ✔ — L-59

J 1)
Short-circuit protected, cross-circuit monitored

Applications
K ➜ For more applications please refer to the application finder at www.sick.com
■ Machining centres ■ High-bay warehouses
■ Processing machines ■ Transfer lines
L ■ Palletiser systems

M
Further information Page

N ➜ Dimensional drawings E-28


➜ Connection diagram E-29

➜ Accessories E-30
O ➜ Services A-0 Access protection on a conveyor system Access protection with mirror deflection

© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to


E - 26
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Single-beam photoelectric safety switches WS/WE 24-2

Ordering information
A
➜ Accessories see page E-30

Single-beam photoelectric safety switch WS/WE 24-2 B


Designation Description Connection Type Part number

Light sender and light receiver Cable gland WS/WE24-2P250 1 018 049
without heating ■


Scanning range 40 m
PNP
Device plug M12, 4-pin
Cable gland
WS/WE24-2P450
WS/WE24-2P260
1 018 051
1 018 050
C
Light sender and light receiver ■
Q and Q
with heating Device plug M12, 4-pin WS/WE24-2P460 1 018 052

Light receiver
without heating ■
Scanning range 40 m
Cable gland
Device plug M12, 4-pin
WE24-2P250
WE24-2P450
2 021 449
2 021 453
D

PNP
Light receiver ■ Q and Q Cable gland WE24-2P260 2 021 451
with heating

Light sender
Device plug M12, 4-pin
Cable gland
WE24-2P460
WS24-2D250
2 021 455
2 021 448 E
without heating Device plug M12, 4-pin WS24-2D450 2 021 452

Scanning range 40 m
Light sender Cable gland WS24-2D260 2 021 450
with heating Device plug M12, 4-pin WS24-2D460 2 021 454 F
Detailed technical specifications
G
➜ You can find more detailed data in the operating instructions. Download at www.sick.com

General system data H


Scanning range (typical/maximum) 0 m ... 40 m / 0 m ... 50 m
Light spot diameter Approx. 600 mm in 50 m distance
Aperture and receive angle (typically/maximum)
Light sender
±4° / ±5°
LED
I
Type of light Visible red light (660 nm), pulsating,

Protection class
average service life 100 000 h (with TA = 25 °C)
II J
Circuit protection Reverse polarity protected VS connections, short-circuit
protected output Q and Q, interference suppression
Enclosure rating
Type
IP 67
Type 2 according to EN 61496 (only in conjunction with suitable
K
testing device)
Supply voltage VS 24 V DC (±20 %)

Sender unit L
Test input TI
Sender on TI to VS or not connected

Power consumption
Sender off TI to 0 V
M
WS 24-2 D250/D450 Max. 50 mA
WS 24-2 D260/D460 Max. 70 mA

Continued on next page


N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
E - 27
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
WS/WE 24-2 Single-beam photoelectric safety switches

A Receiver unit
Switching outputs PNP, Q and Q
Response time/switching sequence Max. 500 µs / max. 1000/s
Output current IO Max. 100 mA
B Power consumption
WE 24-2 D250/D450 Max. 150 mA
WE 24-2 D260/D460 Max. 170 mA

C Operating data
Type of connection Connector M12, 4-pin or cable gland
Ambient operating temperature TA –40 °C ... +60 °C

D Storage temperature TS
Weight
–40 °C ... +75 °C
Approx. 330 g
Front screen heating WS/WE 24-2 P260 and WS/WE 24-2 P460

E Dimensional drawings

F WS/WE 24-2 P 450


M5
14

P 460

G
6.5

14 17.5


65


H
➂ ➅
87.5

I
48

M5
4.7

J

27 30 11.8

K WS/WE 24-2 P 250


P 260
11.3
10.6
M12
L PG9

Dimensions in mm

M ➀ Alignment sight
➁ LED
➂ Sender/receiver optical axis
➃ Fastening thread M5, 6 mm deep
N ➄ Fastening thread M5, through hole
➅ Sensitivity adjuster (WE)

O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
E - 28
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Single-beam photoelectric safety switches WS/WE 24-2

Connection diagram
A
➜ You can find more connection diagrams at www.sick.com

WS/WE 24-2 on safety evaluation unit LE 20 Muting B


+ 24 V

C
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18
1)
D
M1

M2

M3

M4

Interconn+

BIT1

BIT2

Interconn+

Interconn+

SEQUENCE

CONCURR.

Interconn+

Interconn+

LAMP 2

LAMP 1
x y
Q
LE20 k1 k2
INPUT CONFIG. TIME SELECT OUTPUT x y
A1
POWER IN SENSOR INPUT SENSOR OUTPUT
z
Q

E
OVERRIDE LAMP
k1
EDM DISABLE
TEST EXTERN

RES DISABLE

A2
SENSOR B
SENSOR A

TEST/NON

OVERRIDE

TEST B
TEST A

OSSD1

OSSD2
k2
+24 V

EDM

z
RES
0V

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 F
k1
kT S1
k2
S2
G
Q T H
H5 K1 K2 H1.1 H1.2
WE... WS...
0V

Task Possible faults


I
Integration of the single-beam photoelectric safety switch in a The incorrect functioning of one of the K1 or K2 contactors
control via an LE 20. Muting using 2 photoelectric proximity does not result in the loss of the shutdown function. The outputs
switches (light switching PNP) and override circuit. Concurrence
monitoring of the muting sensors. Operating mode with restart
of the LE 20 are monitored PNP semiconductor outputs. Jam-
ming of the S1 button prevents output circuit to enable. Failure
J
interlock and external device monitoring. of a muting sensor is detected so that renewed muting is pre-
Function vented. Muting cannot be initiated if the muting lamp H1.1 is not
If the light beam is clear and the contactors K1 and K2 are de-
energised, the OSSDs in the LE 20 are switched on by pressing
connected or is faulty, or if there is a short-circuit in this circuit. If
a replacement indicator (H1.2) is connected, it will indicate the
failure of the muting lamp H1.1 by flashing and muting can be
K
S1 (button is pressed and released). The OSSDs of the LE 20
initiated. Jamming of the S2 button will be detected after no
(terminals 15 and 16) activate the contactors K1 and K2. If the
more than 30 minutes and will bring the override to an end.
light beam is interrupted, the LE 20 deactivates the contactors
K1 and K2.
Muting
Comments
1) Output circuits: These contacts are to be connected to the
L
controller such that, with the output circuit open, the danger-
The protective field must be clear, and the OSSDs on the LE 20
ous state is disabled. For categories 4 and 3, the integration
switched on, to allow initiation of the muting function. Muting is
prevented if photoelectric proximity switch pair A is not activated
within 3 seconds. The muting inputs must remain activated with-
must be dual-channel (x/y paths). Single-channel integration
in the control (z path) is only possible with a single-channel
control and taking into account the risk analysis.
M
out interruption for the duration of the muting.
Override
If, after a power failure or a muting error, the object to be muted
is present in the light beam, the object can be moved out of the
The related operating instructions for the integrated devices
must be observed. N
protective field by operating the S2 button. This is only possible
if both muting signals (A1 and A2) are present at the LE 20. This
situation is indicated by illumination of the override lamp H5.
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
E - 29
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
WS/WE 24-2 Single-beam photoelectric safety switches

Accessories
A Interfaces

Designation Description Connection Type Part number

B ■


With screw terminal connector
16-pin
LE20-2612 1 016 503

Safety evaluation unit LE 20 ■ With terminal plug spring



Angled LE20-2614 1 016 505
C ■


IP 20
2 PNP OSSDs, 500 mA


16-pin
With screw terminal connector
LE20-2622 1 016 502
Safety evaluation unit ■
15- and 16-pin
LE 20 Muting With terminal plug spring
D

LE20-2624 1 016 501



15- and 16-pin

For opto-electronic protective
— UE10-3OS2D0 6 024 917
devices

E For opto-electronic protective


— UE10-3OS3D0 6 024 918


Safety relay devices

With screw type terminals — UE10-2OS2D0 2 019 772
■ With spring terminals — UE10-2OS4D0 2 019 771

F ■
Without terminals — UE10-2OS1D0 6 020 342

Mounting accessories

G Designation
Mounting bracket
Description
■ Large for WS/WE 24-2
Type
BEF-WG-W24
Part number
4 026 324

Connector technology

H Designation Description

4-pin
Type Part number

DOS-1204-G 6 007 302



Straight
Cable socket M12

I ■


4-pin
Straight
Cable 2 m, PVC
DOL-1204-G02M 6 009 382

Deflector mirrors
J Designation Description Type Part number
■ Mirror surface 96 mm x 124 mm PSK1 1 005 229

Mirror surface 105 mm x 160 mm PNS105-1 1 004 076
K Deflector mirror 1) ■


Mirror surface 75 mm x 80 mm
Including mounting adapter (2 pc. swivel mount)
PNS75-008 1 026 647


For 90° beam deflection
PSK45 5 306 053

L Including mounting kit


Bracket BEF-GH 2 009 292



For PSK 1
Spring fastening — 2 012 473
1)
Warning, reduction of the scanning range!
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
E - 30
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Single-beam photoelectric safety switches WS/WE 27-2
WS/WE 27-2

Overview of technical specifications


A
Scanning range (typical/maximum) 0 m ... 25 m / 0 m ... 35 m
Light sender/type of light
Ambient operating temperature
LED / visible red light
–40 °C ... +60 °C
B
Enclosure rating IP 67
Type Type 2 according to EN 61496 (only in

Construction size (H x W x D)
conjunction with suitable testing device)
80 mm x 24 mm x 53,5 mm
C
Product description D
The SICK single-beam photoelectric safety switch WS/WE 27-2 consists of a testable
sender and receiver combined with an evaluation unit.

In-system added value E


■ Combination with SICK interfaces ■ Safe interface to bus systems
F
Type according to EN 61496

External device monitoring ■ Integrated heating


■ High scanning range
■ Plastic housing, ABS

Further information
G
Number of sensors

■ Compact design
Restart interlock

■ Red light

H
Muting

Combination
with Switching outputs

LE 20 2 2 PNP semiconductors 1) 6 ✔ ✔ — L-53


LE 20 Muting

UE 10-3 OS —
2 2 PNP semiconductors 1)

Relay (3 N/O contacts, 1 N/C contact)


6








L-60

L-3
I
UE 10-2 OS — Relay, 2 N/O contacts — — ✔ — L-59
1)
Short-circuit protected, cross-circuit monitored J
Applications
➜ For more applications please refer to the application finder at www.sick.com K
■ Machining centres ■ High-bay warehouses
■ Processing machines ■ Transfer lines
■ Palletiser systems L
Further information

➜ Ordering information
Page

E-32
M
➜ Technical specifications E-32
➜ Dimensional drawings E-34 N
➜ Connection diagram E-35

➜ Accessories E-36

Access protection on a conveyor system Access protection with mirror deflection ➜ Services A-0
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
E - 31
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
WS/WE 27-2 Single-beam photoelectric safety switches

Ordering information
A
➜ Accessories see page E-36

B Single-beam photoelectric safety switch WS/WE 27-2

Designation Description Connection Type Part number

Light sender and light receiver Device plug M12, 4-pin WS/WE27-2F460 1 019 561

C without heating


Scanning range
35 m
PNP
Device plug, 7-pin
Device plug M12, 4-pin
WS/WE27-2F730
WS/WE2-2F450S05
1 015 124
1 016 025
Light sender and light receiver
■ Q and Q
with heating Device plug, 7-pin WS/WE27-2F750 1 015 752

D Light receiver
without heating

Scanning range
35 m
Device plug M12, 4-pin
Device plug, 7-pin
WE27-2F460
WE27-2F730
2 021 708
2 017 895

PNP Device plug M12, 4-pin WE2-2F450S05 2 018 933
Light receiver

Q and Q

E with heating

Light sender
Device plug, 7-pin
Device plug M12, 4-pin
WE27-2F750
WS27-2D460
2 018 619
2 021 365
without heating Device plug, 7-pin WS27-2D730 2 017 894

Scanning range
35 m Device plug M12, 4-pin WS27-2D450S05 2 018 932
Light sender
F with heating Device plug, 7-pin WS27-2D750 2 018 618

Detailed technical specifications


G
➜ You can find more detailed data in the operating instructions. Download at www.sick.com

H General system data


Scanning range (typical/maximum) 0 m ... 25 m / 0 m ... 35 m
Light spot diameter Approx. 1200 mm in 25 m distance

I Aperture and receive angle (typically/maximum)


Light sender
±4° / ±5°
LED
Type of light Visible red light (660 nm), pulsating,

J Protection class
average service life 100 000 h (at TA = 25 °C)
II
Circuit protection Reverse polarity protected VS connections, short-circuit
protected output Q and Q, interference suppression

K Enclosure rating
Type
IP 67
Type 2 according to EN 61496 (only in conjunction with suitable
testing device)
Supply voltage VS 24 V DC (–30 % ... +20 %)
L Sender unit
Test input TI
Sender on TI to VS

M Power consumption
Sender off TI to 0 V

WS 27-2 D460 and WS 27-2 D730 Max. 35 mA


WS 27-2 D450S05 und WS 27-2 D750 Max. 50 mA

N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
E - 32
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Single-beam photoelectric safety switches WS/WE 27-2

Receiver unit
Switching outputs PNP, Q and Q
A
Response time/switching sequence Max. 500 µs / max. 1000/s
Output current IO Max. 100 mA
Power consumption
WE 27-2 D460 and WE 27-2 D730 Max. 35 mA
B
WE 27-2 D450S05 and WE 27-2 D750 Max. 45 mA

Operating data
Type of connection Plug-in connection M12, 4-pin, plug-in connection 7-pin
C
Ambient operating temperature TA –40 °C ... +60 °C
Storage temperature TS
Weight
–40 °C ... +75 °C
Approx. 100 g D
Front screen heating WS/WE 27-2 F450S05 and WS/WE 27-2 F750

E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
E - 33
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
WS/WE 27-2 Single-beam photoelectric safety switches

Dimensional drawings
A
WS/WE 27-2 F 730

B WS/WE 27-2 F 750

0.3
53.5 24


C

18
43

80
70

45
E ➁ 5

12.7
4
24

F 40
50
5


G
14.1

H WS/WE 27-2 F 460


WS/WE 27-2 F 450 S 05
28.5
0.3

53.5 24

I ➀
5

18
43

J
80
70

45

K
10 4

L M12
40 5 24
50 Dimensions in mm

M ➀ Centre of optical axis


➁ Fastening hole Ø 5.2 mm
➂ LED

N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
E - 34
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Single-beam photoelectric safety switches WS/WE 27-2

Connection diagram
A
➜ You can find more connection diagrams at www.sick.com

WS/WE 27-2 on safety evaluation unit LE 20 Muting B


+ 24 V

C
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18
1)
D
M1

M2

M3

M4

Interconn+

BIT1

BIT2

Interconn+

Interconn+

SEQUENCE

CONCURR.

Interconn+

Interconn+

LAMP 2

LAMP 1
x y
Q Q
LE20 k1 k2
INPUT CONFIG. TIME SELECT OUTPUT x y
A1 B1
POWER IN SENSOR INPUT SENSOR OUTPUT
z
Q

E
OVERRIDE LAMP
k1
EDM DISABLE
TEST EXTERN

RES DISABLE

A2
SENSOR B
SENSOR A

TEST/NON

OVERRIDE

TEST B
TEST A

OSSD1

OSSD2
k2
+24 V

EDM

z
RES
0V

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
F
k1
kT S1
k2
S2
G
Q T
H
H5 K1 K2 H1.1 H1.2
WE... WS...
0V

Task valid combination of muting signals is present at the LE 20. This


I
Integration of the single-beam photoelectric safety switch in a situation is indicated by illumination of the override lamp H5.
control via an LE 20. Muting using 3 photoelectric proximity
switches (light switching PNP) and override circuit. Concurrence
monitoring of the muting sensors A1-A2, operating mode with
Possible faults
The incorrect functioning of one of the K1 or K2 contactors
does not result in the loss of the shutdown function. The outputs
J
restart interlock and external device monitoring. of the LE 20 are monitored PNP semiconductor outputs. Jam-
Function ming of the S1 button prevents output circuit to enable. Failure
If the light beam is clear and the contactors K1 and K2 are de-
energised, the OSSDs in the LE 20 are switched on by pressing
of a muting sensor is detected so that renewed muting is pre-
vented. Muting cannot be initiated if the muting lamp H1.1 is not K
S1 (button is pressed and released). The OSSDs of the LE 20 connected or is faulty, or if there is a short-circuit in this circuit. If
(terminals 15 and 16) activate the contactors K1 and K2. If the a replacement indicator (H1.2) is connected, it will indicate the
failure of the muting lamp H1.1 by flashing and muting can be
light beam is interrupted, the LE 20 deactivates the contactors
K1 and K2.
Muting
initiated. Jamming of the S2 button will be detected after no
more than 30 minutes and will bring the override to an end.
L
The protective field must be clear, and the OSSDs on the LE 20 Comments
1) Output circuits: These contacts are to be connected to the
switched on, to allow initiation of the muting function. If photoe-
lectric proximity switch pair A is not activated within 3 seconds,
the muting is prevented. The muting inputs must remain acti-
controller such that, with the output circuit open, the danger-
ous state is disabled. For categories 4 and 3, the integration
M
vated without interruption for the duration of the muting, also on must be dual-channel (x/y paths). Single-channel integration
switching from B1 to A1 & A2. in the control (z path) is only possible with a single-channel
Override
If, after a power failure or a muting error, the object to be muted
control and taking into account the risk analysis.

The related operating instructions for the integrated devices


N
is in the light beam, the object can be moved out of the protec-
must be observed.
tive field by operating the S2 button. This is only possible if a

O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
E - 35
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
WS/WE 27-2 Single-beam photoelectric safety switches

Accessories
A Interfaces

Designation Description Connection Type Part number

B ■ With screw terminal connec-


tor LE20-2612 1 016 503

16-pin
Safety evaluation unit LE 20

With terminal plug spring
C ■
IP 20


Angled
16-pin
LE20-2614 1 016 505


2 PNP OSSDs, 500 mA ■
With screw terminal connec-
tor LE20-2622 1 016 502

D Safety evaluation unit


LE 20 Muting


15- and 16-pin
With terminal plug spring
LE20-2624 1 016 501

15- and 16-pin
■ For opto-electronic protec-
E ■
tive devices
For opto-electronic protec-
— UE10-3OS2D0 6 024 917

— UE10-3OS3D0 6 024 918


tive devices
Safety relay
■ With screw type terminals — UE10-2OS2D0 2 019 772
F ■
With spring terminals — UE10-2OS4D0 2 019 771

Without terminals — UE10-2OS1D0 6 020 342

G Mounting accessories

Designation Description Type Part number


Mounting bracket ■
For WS/WE 27-2 BEF-WN-W27 2 009 122

H Connector technology

Designation Description Type Part number



4-pin
I Cable socket M12


Straight
4-pin
DOS-1204-G 6 007 302

■ Straight DOL-1204-G02M 6 009 382



Cable 2 m, PVC

J Rectangular plug-in system cable


socket


7-pin
With coding for DC
DOS-2107-W 6 006 823

Deflector mirrors
K Designation Description Type Part number

Mirror surface 96 mm x 124 mm PSK1 1 005 229

Mirror surface 105 mm x 160 mm PNS105-1 1 004 076

L Deflector mirror 1) ■


Mirror surface 75 mm x 80 mm
Including mounting adapter (2 pc. swivel mount)
PNS75-008 1 026 647

■ For 90° beam deflection


PSK45 5 306 053

Including mounting kit
M Bracket

For PSK 1
BEF-GH 2 009 292
Spring fastening — 2 012 473
1) Warning, reduction of the scanning range!

N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
E - 36
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Single-beam photoelectric safety switches VS/VE 18-2
VS/VE 18-2

Overview of technical specifications


A
Scanning range (typical/maximum) 0 m ... 16 m / 0 m ... 22 m
Light sender/type of light
Ambient operating temperature
LED / visible red light
–25 °C ... +70 °C B
Enclosure rating IP 67
Type Type 2 according to EN 61496

Construction size (Ø x L)
(only in conjunction with LE 20)
M18 x 98 mm (straight connection)
C
M18 x 86 mm (angled connection)

Product description D
The SICK single-beam photoelectric safety switch VS/VE 18-2 consists of a testable
sender and receiver combined with an evaluation unit.

In-system added value


■ Metal
■ High
housing
scanning range
E
■ Cylindrical design
■ Red light
■ Combination with SICK interfaces ■ Safe interface to bus systems
F
Type according to EN 61496

External device monitoring

Further information
G
Number of sensors

Restart interlock

H
Muting

Combination
with Switching outputs

LE 20 2 2 PNP semiconductors 1) 6 ✔ ✔ — L-53

LE 20 Muting 2 2 PNP semiconductors 1)


6 ✔ ✔ ✔ L-60 I
UE 10-3 OS — Relay (3 N/O contacts, 1 N/C contact) — — ✔ — L-3

UE 10-2 OS — Relay, 2 N/O contacts — — ✔ — L-59


1)
Short-circuit protected, cross-circuit monitored J
Applications
➜ For more applications please refer to the application finder at www.sick.com
K
■ Machining centres ■ High-bay warehouses
■ Processing machines
■ Palletiser systems
■ Transfer lines
L
Further information

➜ Ordering information
Page

E-38
M
➜ Technical specifications E-38
➜ Dimensional drawings E-39 N
➜ Connection diagram E-40

➜ Accessories E-41
Lateral protection on an automated guided
vehicle
Access protection on a conveyor system
➜ Services A-0
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
E - 37
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
VS/VE 18-2 Single-beam photoelectric safety switches

Ordering information
A
➜ Accessories see page E-41

B Single-beam photoelectric safety switch VS/VE 18-2

Designation Description Connection Type Part number



Scanning range 16 m M12, 4-pin, angled VS/VE18-2O4550 6 011 845

C Light sender and light receiver ■ Metal housing M12, 4-pin, straight
M12, 4-pin, angled
VS/VE18-2O4450
VE18-2O4550
6 011 846
6 011 850
■ Scanning range 16 m
Light receiver ■
Metal housing M12, 4-pin, straight VE18-2O4450 6 011 848

D Light sender


Scanning range 16 m
Metal housing
M12, 4-pin, angled
M12, 4-pin, straight
VS18-2D5550
VS18-2D5450
6 011 847
6 011 849

E Detailed technical specifications


➜ You can find more detailed data in the operating instructions. Download at www.sick.com

F General system data


Scanning range (typical/maximum) 0 m ... 16 m / 0 m ... 22 m

G Light spot diameter


Aperture and receive angle (typically/maximum)
Approx. 1200 mm in 25 m distance
±4° / ±5°
Light sender LED
Type of light Visible red light (660 nm), pulsating,
H Protection class
average service life 100 000 h (at TA = 25 °C)
III
Circuit protection Reverse polarity protected VS connections, short-circuit

I Enclosure rating
protected output, interference suppression
IP 67
Type Type 2 according to EN 61496 (only in conjunction with LE 20)
Supply voltage VS 24 V DC (–30 % ... +20 %)
J Sender unit
Power consumption
VS 18-2 D5450/D5550 Max. 35 mA

K Receiver unit
Switching outputs PNP
Response time/switching sequence Max. 2 ms / max. 250/s

L Output current IO
Power consumption
Max. 100 mA

VE 18-2 O4450/O4550 Max. 25 mA

Operating data
M Type of connection M12, 4-pin, straight/angled
Ambient operating temperature TA –25 °C ... +70 °C
Weight Approx. 250 g

N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
E - 38
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Single-beam photoelectric safety switches VS/VE 18-2

Dimensional drawings
A
VS/VE 18-2 O4450

57.5
97.7
19 14.2
B
C

M12 x 1
M18 x 1

VS/VE 18-2 O4550


D
85.3

E
M18 x 1

15.6

F
14.5

7 57.5
M12 x 1
19 Dimensions in mm
G
➀ Mounting nut M18
➁ LED
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
E - 39
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
VS/VE 18-2 Single-beam photoelectric safety switches

Connection diagram
A
➜ You can find more connection diagrams at www.sick.com

B VS/VE 18-2 on safety evaluation unit LE 20 Muting

+ 24 V

C
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18

D 1)
M1

M2

M3

M4

Interconn+

BIT1

BIT2

Interconn+

Interconn+

SEQUENCE

CONCURR.

Interconn+

Interconn+

LAMP 2

LAMP 1
x y
Q
LE20 k1 k2
INPUT CONFIG. TIME SELECT OUTPUT x y
A1

E POWER IN SENSOR INPUT SENSOR OUTPUT


z
Q

OVERRIDE LAMP
k1
EDM DISABLE
TEST EXTERN

RES DISABLE A2
SENSOR B
SENSOR A

TEST/NON

OVERRIDE

TEST B
TEST A

OSSD1

OSSD2
k2
+24 V

EDM

z
RES
0V

F 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

k1

G kT S1
k2
S2

H 1
2
3
1
2
3
H5 K1 K2 H1.1 H1.2
4 4
0V VE 18... VS 18...

I Task Possible faults


Integration of the VS/VE 18-2 O4450 or VS/VE 18-2 O4550 The incorrect functioning of one of the K1 or K2 contactors
single-beam photoelectric safety switch in a control via an does not result in the loss of the shutdown function. The outputs
J LE 20. Muting using 2 photoelectric proximity switches (light
switching PNP) and override circuit. Concurrence monitoring of
of the LE 20 are monitored PNP semiconductor outputs. Jam-
ming of the S1 button prevents output circuit to enable. Failure
the muting sensors. Operating mode with restart interlock and of a muting sensor is detected so that renewed muting is pre-
external device monitoring. vented. Muting cannot be initiated if the muting lamp H1.1 is not

K Function
If the light beam is clear and the contactors K1 and K2 are de-
connected or is faulty, or if there is a short-circuit in this circuit. If
a replacement indicator (H1.2) is connected, it will indicate the
failure of the muting lamp H1.1 by flashing and muting can be
energised, the OSSDs in the LE 20 are switched on by pressing
initiated. Jamming of the S2 button will be detected after no
S1 (button is pressed and released). The OSSDs of the LE 20
more than 30 minutes and will bring the override to an end.
(terminals 15 and 16) activate the contactors K1 and K2. If the
L light beam is interrupted, the LE 20 deactivates the contactors
K1 and K2.
Comments
1) Output circuits: These contacts are to be connected to the

Muting controller such that, with the output circuit open, the danger-
ous state is disabled. For categories 4 and 3, the integration
The protective field must be clear, and the OSSDs on the LE 20
M switched on, to allow initiation of the muting function. Muting is
prevented if photoelectric proximity switch pair A is not activated
must be dual-channel (x/y paths). Single-channel integration
in the control (z path) is only possible with a single-channel
control and taking into account the risk analysis.
within 3 seconds. The muting inputs must remain activated with-
out interruption for the duration of the muting.

N Override
If, after a power failure or a muting error, the object to be muted
The related operating instructions for the integrated devices
must be observed.
is in the light beam, the object can be moved out of the protec-
tive field by operating the button S2. This is only possible if both

O muting signals (A1 and A2) are present at the LE 20. This situa-
tion is indicated by illumination of the override lamp H5.

© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to


E - 40
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Single-beam photoelectric safety switches VS/VE 18-2

Accessories
Interfaces
A
Designation Description Connection Type Part number


With screw terminal connector
16-pin
LE20-2612 1 016 503 B
Safety evaluation unit LE 20 ■ With terminal plug spring

Angled LE20-2614 1 016 505


IP 20
2 PNP OSSDs, 500 mA


16-pin
With screw terminal connector
C
LE20-2622 1 016 502
Safety evaluation unit ■
15- and 16-pin
LE 20 Muting With terminal plug spring
D

LE20-2624 1 016 501



15- and 16-pin

For opto-electronic protective
— UE10-3OS2D0 6 024 917
devices
For opto-electronic protective
E

— UE10-3OS3D0 6 024 918


Safety relay devices

With screw type terminals — UE10-2OS2D0 2 019 772
■ With spring terminals — UE10-2OS4D0 2 019 771

Without terminals — UE10-2OS1D0 6 020 342
F
Mounting accessories

Designation
Mounting bracket
Description
■ For VS/VE 18-2
Type
BEF-M18
Part number
5 308 446 G
Connector technology

Designation Description

4-pin
Type Part number H
DOS-1204-G 6 007 302

Straight
Cable socket M12 ■


4-pin
Straight
Cable 2 m, PVC
DOL-1204-G02M 6 009 382 I
Deflector mirrors

Designation Description Type Part number


J
■ Mirror surface 96 mm x 124 mm PSK1 1 005 229

Mirror surface 105 mm x 160 mm PNS105-1 1 004 076

Deflector mirror 1) ■


Mirror surface 75 mm x 80 mm
Including mounting adapter (2 pc. swivel mount)
PNS75-008 1 026 647
K

For 90° beam deflection
PSK45 5 306 053
Including mounting kit
L

Bracket BEF-GH 2 009 292



For PSK 1
Spring fastening — 2 012 473
1)
Warning, reduction of the scanning range!
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
E - 41
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
Safety switches with separate actuator

Explanations of features
Positive action normally closed contacts/normally open Number of actuation directions
contacts Safety switches can be actuated in different axes. The setting of
Safety switches have contact elements in normally closed con- the actuating direction is facilitated by the head, which can be
tact/normally open contact combinations. The normally closed rotated through 90 or 180 degrees. Up to 5 actuation directions
contacts of a safety switch are of the “positive action” type, i.e. can be implemented, depending on the type.
the forced movement of the normally closed contact ensures
that the contacts are separated every time. Normally open con-
Type of actuator
tacts primarily serve as signalling contacts and must not be
used for the safety circuit. The majority of safety switches have appropriately coded
tongue-operated actuators that prevent simple manipulation of
the switch.
Housing material The i1000 series has an additional handle-operated actuator
The housing materials used can be separated into two large with coded spindle. It is not actuated by applying a force but by
groups - “metals” and “plastics”. The metal housing materials applying a torque.
are available as both anodised die-cast light metal and painted
die-cast zinc versions. Glass-fibre reinforced thermoplastics are
exclusively used for the plastic housings.

© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to


F-0 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Safety switches with separate actuator

Safety switches with separate actuator A


B
C
D
E
F
G
Number of positive
action normally
H
closed contacts/
Safety normally open Housing Number x size Locking Type of
application contacts 1)

1/1
material 1) of cable gland force actuator 1) Product Page
I
1 x M20 10 N i10 F-2
2/0

1/0
2/1
1 x M16 or 3 x M16 10 N i11 mini F-7 J
Tongue
1/1 Plastic
1 x M16 — operated i12 S F-12
2/1

1/1
2/0
3 x M20 30 N i16 S F-17 K
2/1 3 x M20 — i17 S F-21

3/1 1 x M20 — Tongue


operated
i100 S F-25 L
3/1
1 x M20 5N i110 S F-31
2/2

2/1
Metal
1 x PG13.5 —
Handle
operated
i1001 F-35 M
Tongue
2/1 1 x PG13.5 — i1002 F-41
operated
1)
Explanation see page F-0 N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
F-1
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
i10 Safety switches with separate actuator

Overview of technical specifications


A
Number of positive action normally closed
contacts (depending on type) 1/2

B Number of normally open contacts


(depending on type) 1/0
Type of actuator Tongue operated
Housing material Plastic
C Number of cable entries 1
Size of the cable gland M20
Locking force 10 N

D
Product description

E ■ Safety switches with separate coded


actuator
■ 2-pole contact element
■ Various actuator versions available

F In-system added value


Safety Relays UE 10 - 48
The UE 10 to 48 series of the Safety Relays allows simple integration of safety compo-
G ■ Housing material glass-fibre
reinforced thermoplastic
nents into machinery or plant.
Safety Controllers UE 100
➜ see L-0
■ Five actuating directions
The UE 100 series is designed for complex applications requiring a medium level of net-
■ Cable gland M20
working capability. It is possible to connect varying safety components. Their connections
H ■ Enclosure rating IP 67
can be tailored to the relevant machines or plant via drag & drop software.
Safety Bus Modules UE 1000
➜ see M-0

The series UE 1000, Safety Bus Modules, are designed for machinery and plant requiring a
high level of networking and programmable logic controls (PLC). The modules enable the

I linking of safety components to the bus systems PROFIsafe or AS-I Safety at Work.
➜ see N-0

Ordering information
J Positive action
normally closed Normally open Type Part number
1 1 i10-A113 6 022 530
K 2 0 i10-A203 6 022 529
Please order actuator separately

L
M
Further information Page

N ➜ Actuators F-4

➜ Lockout bar F-6

➜ Other accessories F-6


O ➜ Services A-0

© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to


F-2
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Safety switches with separate actuator i10

Detailed technical specifications


A
Type i10-A113 i10-A203
Housing material Glass-fibre reinforced thermoplastic
Enclosure rating
6
IP 67 B
Mechanical life (relay contacts) 10 switching cycles
Ambient operating temperature from ... to –20 °C ... +80 °C
Maximum approach speed
Switching principle
333 mm/s
Slow-action-switch
C
Number of positive action normally closed contacts 1 2
Number of normally open contacts
Usage category in compliance with IEC 947-5-1
1
AC-15/DC-13
0
D
Rated operating current (voltage) 4 A (230 V AC), 4 A (24 V DC)
Rated insulation voltage Ui
Impulse withstand voltage Uimp
400 V
2500 V AC E
Minimum switching voltage 24 V DC
Minimum switching current (switching voltage) 30 mA (24 V DC)
Contact material
Connection type
Silver alloy, gold flashed
Cable gland
F
Maximum connection cable cross-section 1.5 mm²
Short circuit protection
Weight 0.15 kg
T6/F10
0.14 kg
G
Dimensional drawings Switching elements H
31 28+2 Actuator Actuator
inserted removed
I
29.5+1.5

J
3.5

35
43

4.3

0.3
98

26 11, 1 positive action NC


20
22
21
13
22
14
21
13
22
14
contact + 2 NO contacts
K
21 22 21 22 20, 2 positive action NC
11 12 11 12 contacts

22
+1
30
+1 M20 x 1.5
L
36 35
0.3

M
16

3.5
8.5 N
Dimensions in mm

O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
F-3
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
i10 Safety switches with separate actuator

Actuators
A
Actuation option Way of actuation Minimum door radius Type Part number
Rigid 1000 mm iE10-S1 5 306 527
B Straight

Angled
Rubber-mounted
Rigid
1000 mm
1000 mm
iE10-S2
iE10-A1
5 306 530
5 306 535
90 mm iE10-R1 5 306 528
Radius Semi flexible
C 100 mm iE10-R2 5 306 529

iE10-S1 iE10-S2
D

9
3

3
Ø 4.4

E 53
83
20
83
5.5
53 20

F
15

15
30
30
2 safety screws included.
G Min. door radius 1000 mm. 2 safety screws included.
Min. door radius 1000 mm.

iE10-A1
H 42
18

I
48
20
5.5

J 3 15

K
30

2 safety screws included.


L Min. door radius 1000 mm.

M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
F-4
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Safety switches with separate actuator i10

iE10-R1
50
A
40 19
90
>
20 16 R
8 8 B

Ø 5.3
30

C
16

18

26
54

10
D

28 +2
2 safety screws included.
35 16
E
Min. door radius 90 mm.

iE10-R2 F
14 50 R>
33.2 10
0
Ø 5.5 40
G
4
23
29

35
40

I
28+2

(35)
J
2 safety screws included.
Min. door radius 100 mm.

K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
F-5
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
i10 Safety switches with separate actuator

Lockout bar
A
Type Part number
iE10-S3 5 306 536
B
iE10-S3

C 32
56 The locking bar can be inserted into the safety switch in place of
the actuator when the safety guard is in the open condition and
can be secured to prevent its removal by standard commercially
available padlocks (max. 2 pcs.). This guarantees reliable pro-
tection for persons who have to enter potentially hazardous

D areas.

E 18
Ø 3.2 Ø 3.2

F Other accessories
Cable gland

G Type
Cable gland M20
Part number
5 309 164

H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
F-6
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Safety switches with separate actuator i11 mini

Overview of technical specifications


A
Number of positive action normally closed
contacts (depending on type) 1/2
Number of normally open contacts
(depending on type) 0/1
B
Type of actuator Tongue operated
Housing material Plastic
Number of cable entries (depending on type) 1/3 C
Size of the cable gland M16
Locking force 10 N

D
Product description
■ Safety switches with separate coded
actuator
■ 1- or 3-pole contact element
■ Miniature design - ideal for direct mount-
ing on framework E
In-system added value F
Safety Relays UE 10 - 48 ■ Housing material glass-fibre
reinforced thermoplastic
The UE 10 to 48 series of the Safety Relays allows simple integration of safety compo-
nents into machinery or plant.
Safety Controllers UE 100
➜ see L-0 ■ Five actuating directions
■ Cable gland M16
■ Enclosure rating IP 67
G
The UE 100 series is designed for complex applications requiring a medium level of net-
working capability. It is possible to connect varying safety components. Their connections
can be tailored to the relevant machines or plant via drag & drop software.
Safety Bus Modules UE 1000
➜ see M-0
H
The series UE 1000, Safety Bus Modules, are designed for machinery and plant requiring a
high level of networking and programmable logic controls (PLC). The modules enable the
linking of safety components to the bus systems PROFIsafe or AS-I Safety at Work.
➜ see N-0 I
Ordering information
Positive action
J
normally closed Normally open Type Part number
1 0 i11-S103 mini 6 022 584
2 1 i11-S213 mini 6 022 583 K
Please order actuator separately

L
Further information Page

➜ Technical specifications F-8


M
➜ Dimensional drawings F-9
➜ Switching elements F-9 N
➜ Actuators F-10

➜ Other accessories F-11

➜ Services A-0
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
F-7
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
i11 mini Safety switches with separate actuator

Detailed technical specifications


A
Type i11-S103 mini i11-S213 mini
Housing material Glass-fibre reinforced thermoplastic
B Enclosure rating IP 67
Mechanical life (relay contacts) 106 switching cycles
Ambient operating temperature from ... to –20 °C ... +80 °C

C Maximum approach speed


Actuation force
333 mm/s
6N
Switching principle Slow-action-switch

D Number of positive action normally closed contacts


Number of normally open contacts
1
0
2
1
Usage category in compliance with IEC 947-5-1 AC-15/DC-13

E Rated operating current (voltage)


Rated insulation voltage Ui
6 A (230 V AC), 6 A (24 V DC)
250 V
Impulse withstand voltage Uimp 2500 V AC
Minimum switching voltage 12 V DC

F Minimum switching current (switching voltage)


Contact material
10 mA (24 V DC)
Silver alloy, gold flashed
Connection type Cable gland

G Maximum connection cable cross-section


Short circuit protection
1.5 mm²
T10/F20
Weight 0.1 kg

H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
F-8
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Safety switches with separate actuator i11 mini

Dimensional drawings
A
i11-S103 mini i11-S213 mini
20+4 20+4

B
A A
C

20+4
20+4

0.4 A

3
36.5
3
31

31
0.4 A

1.5
17*
1.5

5
Ø 4.2 4.2
D
82

16.5
18 M = 0.6 Nm
16.5

113
18

M16 x 1.5
M16 x 1.5
25
M16
25

16
32
12.5
25
F
D 25
0.8 B 32
G
12.5

D
M = 0.4 Nm

C A 0.8 B
B
7
3 12.5
H
B
B C A
3
M = 0.4 Nm 7 I
B
Dimensions in mm
J
Switching elements
Actuator
inserted
Actuator
removed
K
v

h
L
21 22 21 22
10, 1 positive action NC
contact
M
21, 2 positive action NC
contacts + 1 NO contact
N
31 32 31 32
21 22 21 22
13 14 13 14

O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
F-9
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
i11 mini Safety switches with separate actuator

Actuators
A
Actuation option Way of actuation Minimum door radius Type Part number
Rigid 150 mm iE11-S1 5 306 537
B Straight
Rubber-mounted, in line
Rubber-mounted,
150 mm iE11-S2 5 306 539

150 mm
transversal iE11-S3 5 306 540

C Angled
Rigid
Rubber-mounted,
150 mm

150 mm
iE11-A1 5 306 538

transversal iE11-A2 5 306 541

D iE11-S1 iE11-S2
2

2
E

8
52
52
F 30 15
30
24
15
29.6
15

29.6
G 24 4.5
41 4.4

H 2 safety screws M4 x 14 included 2 safety screws M4 x 14 included

iE11-S3 iE11-A1

I 34
2

11
15
22

J 52
2
4.5
41 15
29.6
K
29.6
15

L 24
4.4

2 safety screws M4 x 14 included


24
2 safety screws M4 x 14 included

M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
F - 10
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Safety switches with separate actuator i11 mini

iE11-A2
37
A
B
11
22
2 15
8 29.6
C
D
24

2 safety screws M4 x 14 included


E
Other accessories
Cable gland F
Type Part number
Cable gland M16 5 309 163

G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
F - 11
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
i12 S Safety switches with separate actuator

Overview of technical specifications


A
Number of positive action normally closed
1/2
contacts (depending on type)

B Number of normally open contacts


(depending on type)
1/2

Type of actuator Tongue operated


Housing material Plastic
C Number of cable entries 1
Size of the cable gland M16

D Product description
■ Safety switches with separate coded ■ One version as miniature design - ideal
actuator for direct mounting on framework
E ■ 2-, or 3-pole contact element ■ Small door radius (60mm) possible

In-system added value


F Safety Relays UE 10 - 48
■ Housing material glass-fibre
reinforced thermoplastic The UE 10 to 48 series of the Safety Relays allows simple integration of safety compo-
nents into machinery or plant. ➜ see L-0
G ■ Five actuating directions
■ Cable gland M16
■ Two designs: miniature
Safety Controllers UE 100
The UE 100 series is designed for complex applications requiring a medium level of net-
design and design accord- working capability. It is possible to connect varying safety components. Their connections
ing to EN 50047 can be tailored to the relevant machines or plant via drag & drop software. ➜ see M-0
H ■ Enclosure rating IP 67 Safety Bus Modules UE 1000
The series UE 1000, Safety Bus Modules, are designed for machinery and plant requiring a
high level of networking and programmable logic controls (PLC). The modules enable the
linking of safety components to the bus systems PROFIsafe or AS-I Safety at Work.
I ➜ see N-0

Ordering information
J Positive action
normally closed Normally open Type Part number
1 1 i12-SA113 6 025 057

K 2 1
Please order actuator separately
i12-SB213 6 025 059

L
M Further information Page

➜ Dimensional drawings F-14

N ➜ Switching elements F-15

➜ Actuators F-15

➜ Other accessories F-16


O ➜ Services A-0

© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to


F - 12
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Safety switches with separate actuator i12 S

Detailed technical specifications


A
Type i12-SA113 i12-SB213
Housing material Glass-fibre reinforced thermoplastic
Enclosure rating
6
IP 67 B
Mechanical life (relay contacts) 10 switching cycles
Ambient operating temperature from ... to –20 °C ... +80 °C
Maximum approach speed
Actuation force
160 mm/s
6N
C
Switching principle Slow-action-switch
Number of positive action normally closed contacts
Number of normally open contacts
1
1
2
D
Usage category in compliance with IEC 947-5-1 AC-15/DC-13
Rated operating current (voltage)
Rated insulation voltage Ui
3 A (240 V AC), 6 A (120 V AC), 1.1 A (250 V DC), 2.2 A (125 V DC)
250 V E
Impulse withstand voltage Uimp 2500 V AC
Minimum switching voltage 5 V DC
Minimum switching current (switching voltage)
Connection type
5 mA (5 V DC)
Cable gland
F
Maximum connection cable cross-section 1.5 mm²
Short circuit protection
Weight 0.08 kg
T10/F10
0.11 kg
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
F - 13
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
i12 S Safety switches with separate actuator

Dimensional drawings
A
i12-SA113 i12-SB213
6 13 25

4.5
22

C 4
20

34.5
13

36
D
3

4.5
4
75

16.5

38.4

36.4

34.4
18

90.5
12.5
12.5
29

G
4.5

13 6
4

H 31

13
25

4.5
4
25
30.4
31

J
13
Dimensions in mm
K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
F - 14
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Safety switches with separate actuator i12 S

Switching elements
A
Actuator Actuator
inserted removed

B
C
11, 1 positive action NC
23
11
24
12
23
11
24
12
contact + 1 NO contact
D
21, 2 positive action NC
33 34 33 34 contacts + 1 NO contact
21
11
22
12
21
11
22
12 E
Actuators
Actuation option Way of actuation Minimum door radius Type Part number
F
Straight Rigid 150 mm iE12-S1 5 311 131
Angled
Radius
Rigid
Semi flexible
150 mm
60 mm
iE12-A1
iE12-F1
5 311 132
5 308 842
G
iE12-S1 iE12-A1
25 23
H
15 18.25 24
8.75 7.5 I
3

ø 4.4
8

J
12

29
41

ø 4.4
K
1

3 12 3 12
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
F - 15
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
i12 S Safety switches with separate actuator

iE12-F1
A 12

B Alignment guide
8.5

0.8
2
15

4
C 3
25
15.5

40 1.7/1.9

D 55.5

for countersunk screw M5


13.5

E Other accessories
Cable gland

F Type
Cable gland M16
Part number
5 309 163

G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
F - 16
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Safety switches with separate actuator i16 S

Overview of technical specifications


A
Number of positive action normally closed
1/2
contacts (depending on type)
Number of normally open contacts
(depending on type)
1/0 B
Type of actuator Tongue operated
Housing material Plastic
Number of cable entries 3 C
Size of the cable gland M20
Locking force 30 N

D
Product description
■ Safety switches with separate coded
actuator
■ 2-pole contact element
■ Easy conversion of actuating direction
through rotatable head E
■ Housing material glass-fibre
In-system added value reinforced thermoplastic
■ Three actuating directions
F
Safety Relays UE 10 - 48 ■ 30 N locking force
The UE 10 to 48 series of the Safety Relays allows simple integration of safety compo- ■ Cable gland 3 x M20
nents into machinery or plant.
Safety Controllers UE 100
➜ see L-0 ■ Enclosure rating IP 67
G
The UE 100 series is designed for complex applications requiring a medium level of net-
working capability. It is possible to connect varying safety components. Their connections
can be tailored to the relevant machines or plant via drag & drop software.
Safety Bus Modules UE 1000
➜ see M-0
H
The series UE 1000, Safety Bus Modules, are designed for machinery and plant requiring a
high level of networking and programmable logic controls (PLC). The modules enable the
linking of safety components to the bus systems PROFIsafe or AS-I Safety at Work.
➜ see N-0 I
Ordering information
Positive action
J
normally closed Normally open Type Part number
1 1 i16-SA113 6 025 065
2 0 i16-SA203 6 025 063 K
Please order actuator separately

L
Further information Page

➜ Technical specifications F-18


➜ Dimensional drawings F-19
M
➜ Switching elements F-19

➜ Actuators F-19 N
➜ Catch and retainer kit F-20
➜ Other accessories F-20

➜ Services A-0
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
F - 17
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
i16 S Safety switches with separate actuator

Detailed technical specifications


A
Type i16-SA113 i16-SA203
Housing material Glass-fibre reinforced polybutylene terephthalate (PBT)
B Enclosure rating IP 67
Mechanical life (relay contacts) 106 switching cycles
Ambient operating temperature from ... to –20 °C ... +80 °C

C Maximum approach speed


Actuation force
160 mm/s
30 N
Switching principle Slow-action-switch

D Number of positive action normally closed contacts


Number of normally open contacts
1
1
2
0
Usage category in compliance with IEC 947-5-1 AC-15/DC-13

E Rated operating current (voltage)


Rated insulation voltage Ui
2 A (250 V AC), 5 A (100 V AC), 0.5 A (250 V DC), 2 A (24 V DC)
500 V
Impulse withstand voltage Uimp 2500 V AC
Minimum switching voltage 5 V DC

F Minimum switching current (switching voltage)


Contact material
5 mA (5 V DC)
Silver, nickel
Connection type Cable gland

G Maximum connection cable cross-section


Short circuit protection
1.5 mm²
T10/F10
Weight 0.14 kg

H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
F - 18
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Safety switches with separate actuator i16 S

Dimensional drawings Switching elements


A
52 Actuator Actuator
inserted removed

31
40
B
13 20.5

5.5
20, 2 positive action NC
21 22 21 22
contacts
D
5
11 12 11 12

11, 1 positive action NC


75

23 24 23 24 contact + 1 NO

M5
11 12 11 12

E
41
33.4
16

32
15 F
15.75 20.5
G
5.5

H
5

Dimensions in mm

Actuators
I
Actuation option

Straight
Way of actuation
Rigid
Minimum door radius
175 mm
Type
iE16-S1
Part number
5 311 128
J
Fully flexible 60 mm iE16-F1 5 311 129
Radius Semi flexible 60 mm iE16-F2 5 311 278
K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
F - 19
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
i16 S Safety switches with separate actuator

iE16-S1 iE16-F1
A 3.5 17.5 18
Alignment guide

35
29
51
2 x M3
For counter-

31.2
sunk screw M5

C 20.7

19
13
5
32.7
4 x Ø 5.5 52

40
D

20
8
6.8
14.5 52
31
40 20.7

E 52 32.7

The actuator facilitates movement in both horizontal and vertical


planes.

iE16-F2
F The actuator facilitates movement in the horizontal plane only.
35
29

G
46.5
8.5

20.7
14

32.7
52 55.5

H
15.5

40

I 20.7
32.7 for countersunk screw M5

Catch and retainer kit


J Type Part number
iE16-SCR 5 310 780

K E16-SCR
52 An increase in the locking force by 50 N.

L Only in connection with rigid actuators.


14.5

40
7.25
29

52 4 18

M
11.2

1.5

25.5

N Other accessories
Cable gland

O Type
Cable gland M20
Part number
5 309 164

© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to


F - 20
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Safety switches with separate actuator i17 S

Overview of technical specifications


A
Number of positive action normally closed
2
contacts
Number of normally open contacts
Type of actuator
1
Tongue operated
B
Housing material Plastic
Number of cable entries
Size of the cable gland
3
M20
C
Product description
D
■ Safety switch with separate coded actua- ■ Easy conversion of actuating direction
tor through rotatable head
■ 3-pole contact element
E
In-system added value ■ Housing material glass-fibre
reinforced thermoplastic
Safety Relays UE 10 - 48
The UE 10 to 48 series of the Safety Relays allows simple integration of safety compo-
■ Three actuating directions
■ Cable gland 3 x M20
F
nents into machinery or plant. ➜ see L-0 ■ Enclosure rating IP 67
Safety Controllers UE 100
The UE 100 series is designed for complex applications requiring a medium level of net-
working capability. It is possible to connect varying safety components. Their connections
G
can be tailored to the relevant machines or plant via drag & drop software. ➜ see M-0
Safety Bus Modules UE 1000
The series UE 1000, Safety Bus Modules, are designed for machinery and plant requiring a
high level of networking and programmable logic controls (PLC). The modules enable the H
linking of safety components to the bus systems PROFIsafe or AS-I Safety at Work.
➜ see N-0

Ordering information I
Positive action
normally closed
2
Normally open
1
Type
i17-SA213
Part number
6 025 067
J
Please order actuator separately

K
L
Further information Page

➜ Technical specifications F-22


➜ Dimensional drawings F-23
M
➜ Switching elements F-23

➜ Actuators F-23 N
➜ Catch and retainer kit F-24
➜ Other accessories F-24

➜ Services A-0
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
F - 21
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
i17 S Safety switches with separate actuator

Detailed technical specifications


A
Housing material Glass-fibre reinforced thermoplastic
Enclosure rating IP 67
B Mechanical life (relay contacts) 106 switching cycles
Ambient operating temperature from ... to –20 °C ... +80 °C
Maximum approach speed 1000 mm/s

C Actuation force
Switching principle
12 N
Slow-action-switch
Number of positive action normally closed contacts 2

D Number of normally open contacts


Usage category in compliance with IEC 947-5-1
1
AC-15/DC-13
Rated operating current (voltage) 2 A (250 V AC), 5 A (100 V AC), 0.5 A (250 V AC), 2 A (24 V DC)

E Rated insulation voltage Ui


Impulse withstand voltage Uimp
500 V
2500 V AC
Minimum switching voltage 5 V DC
Minimum switching current (switching voltage) 5 mA (5 V DC)

F Contact material
Connection type
Silver, nickel
Cable gland
Maximum connection cable cross-section 1.5 mm²

G Short circuit protection


Weight
T10/F10
0.16 kg

H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
F - 22
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Safety switches with separate actuator i17 S

Dimensional drawings Switching elements


A
40 Actuator Actuator
20.5 15.75 inserted removed

B
5.5

6
C
5

21, 2 positive action NC


ø 5.5
33
21
11
34
22
12
33
21
11
34
22
12
contact + 1 NO
D
95

8
7 E
46
24

14 52
F
3 20.5 15.75 3 G
5.5

H
32
5

Dimensions in mm I
Actuators
J
Actuation option Way of actuation Minimum door radius Type Part number
Rigid 175 mm iE17-S1 5 311 130
Straight

Radius
Fully flexible
Semi flexible
60 mm
60 mm
iE16-F1
iE16-F2
5 311 129
5 311 278
K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
F - 23
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
i17 S Safety switches with separate actuator

iE17-S1 iE16-F1
A 3.5 17.5 18
Alignment guide

35
29
51
2 x M3

31.2
C 20.7

19
5

13
32.7
4 x Ø 5.5 52

20
D

8
6.8
14.5 40 for counter-
sunk screw
52 M5 31

The actuator facilitates movement in the horizontal plane only. 40 20.7


52 32.7

E The actuator facilitates movement in both horizontal and vertical


planes.

iE16-F2
F The actuator facilitates movement in the horizontal plane only.
35
29

G
46.5
8.5

20.7
14

32.7
52 55.5

H
15.5

40

I 20.7
32.7 for countersunk screw M5

Catch and retainer kit


J Type Part number
iE16-SCR 5 310 780

K iE16-SCR
52 An increase in the locking force by 50 N.

L Only in connection with rigid actuators.


14.5

40
7.25
29

52 4 18

M
11.2

1.5

25.5

N Other accessories
Cable gland

O Type
Cable gland M20
Part number
5 309 164

© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to


F - 24
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Safety switches with separate actuator i100 S

Overview of technical specifications


A
Number of positive action normally closed
3
contacts
Number of normally open contacts
Type of actuator
1
Tongue operated
B
Housing material Metal
Number of cable entries
Size of the cable gland
1
M20
C
Product description
D
■ Safety switches with separate coded ■ Self-cleaninghead element - elimination
actuator of contamination through actuator move-
■ 4-pole contact element ment
E
In-system added value
Safety Relays UE 10 - 48 F
The UE 10 to 48 series of the Safety Relays allows simple integration of safety compo-
nents into machinery or plant. ➜ see L-0 ■ Housing material die-cast
Safety Controllers UE 100
The UE 100 series is designed for complex applications requiring a medium level of net-
working capability. It is possible to connect varying safety components. Their connections
light alloy
■ Four actuating directions
■ Cable gland M20
G
can be tailored to the relevant machines or plant via drag & drop software. ➜ see M-0 ■ Enclosure rating IP 67
■ Three-dimensional coded
Safety Bus Modules UE 1000
The series UE 1000, Safety Bus Modules, are designed for machinery and plant requiring a
high level of networking and programmable logic controls (PLC). The modules enable the
actuator
■ Design according to
H
linking of safety components to the bus systems PROFIsafe or AS-I Safety at Work. EN 50041
➜ see N-0

Ordering information
I
Positive action
normally closed Normally open Type Part number J
3 1 i100-S313 6 022 590
Please order actuator separately
K
L
Further information Page

➜ Technical specifications F-26


➜ Dimensional drawings F-26
M
➜ Switching elements F-26

➜ Actuators F-27 N
➜ Lockout bar F-30

➜ Other accessories F-30

➜ Services A-0
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
F - 25
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
i100 S Safety switches with separate actuator

Detailed technical specifications


A
Housing material Die-cast light alloy
Surface treatment Anodized
B Enclosure rating IP 67
Mechanical life (relay contacts) 2 x 106 switching cycles
Ambient operating temperature from ... to –25 °C ... +80 °C

C Maximum approach speed


Actuation force
333 mm/s
35 N
Switching principle Slow-action-switch

D Number of positive action normally closed contacts


Number of normally open contacts
3
1
Usage category in compliance with IEC 947-5-1 AC-15/DC-13

E Rated operating current (voltage)


Rated insulation voltage Ui
6 A (230 V AC), 6 A (24 V DC)
250 V
Impulse withstand voltage Uimp 4000 V AC
Minimum switching voltage 12 V DC

F Minimum switching current (switching voltage)


Contact material
10 mA (24 V DC)
Silver alloy, gold flashed
Connection type Cable gland

G Maximum connection cable cross-section


Short circuit protection
1.5 mm²
T10/F20
Weight 0.37 kg

H Dimensional drawings Switching elements

I 52+4
23
Actuator
removed
Actuator
inserted
31 36 25
0.3

J
38
47

41 42 41 42
31, 3 positive action NC
contacts + 1 NO contact
115

33 34 33 34

K
9.5

21 22 21 22
60±0.1

11 12 11 12
74

7.3

L 16 5.3 5.3
32 30±0.1
M20
42 40+1

M 0.3
16

N Dimensions in mm

O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
F - 26
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Safety switches with separate actuator i100 S

Actuators
A
Actuation option Way of actuation Minimum door radius Type Part number
Straight Rigid 1000 mm iE100-S1 5 306 497
Radius, door hinged on
left Semi flexible 400 mm iE100-R1 5 306 498
B
Radius, door hinged on
right Semi flexible 400 mm iE100-R2 5 306 499
Radius, safety flap hinged
at bottom Semi flexible 165 mm iE100-R3 5 306 500
C
Radius, safety flap hinged
at top Semi flexible 165 mm iE100-R4 5 306 526
D
iE100-S1 straight

E
3
6

70
100

20
F
6

G
15

5.5

Min. door radius 1000 mm.


5,5
H
With two safety screws for each actuator.

I
J
K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
F - 27
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
i100 S Safety switches with separate actuator

iE100-R1 radius, door hinged on left


A

5.5

35
22

40
7

30

C 40+1
10 R≥
400

D
23

31

E
70

F
10˚

G 2 safety screws included.


Min. door radius 400 mm.

H iE100-R2 radius, door hinged on right

I
40

J
400
R≥

K
2 safety screws included.
Min. door radius 400 mm.
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
F - 28
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Safety switches with separate actuator i100 S

iE100-R3 radius, safety flap hinged at bottom


50 20
A
40 16

20 8 B
C
30

R
16


Ø 5.3

16
5
D
90

E
20˚

2 safety screws included.


F
Min. door radius 165 mm.

iE100-R4 radius, safety flap hinged at top


R
G
H

16
5

20

I
J
2 safety screws included.
Min. door radius 165 mm. K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
F - 29
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
i100 S Safety switches with separate actuator

Lockout bar
A
Type Part number
iE100-S2 5 306 534
B
iE100-S2

C 90
110 The lockout bar can be inserted in the safety switch instead of
the actuator when the safety guard is in open condition and can
then be secured to prevent removal by standard commercially
available padlocks (max. 3 pcs.). This guarantees reliable pro-

20
tection for persons who have to enter potentially hazardous

D Ø 9.5 Ø 3.5
areas.

E
F Other accessories
Cable gland
G Type Part number
Cable gland M20 5 309 164

H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
F - 30
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Safety switches with separate actuator i110 S

Overview of technical specifications


A
Number of positive action normally closed
2/3
contacts (depending on type)
Number of normally open contacts
(depending on type)
2/1 B
Type of actuator Tongue operated
Housing material Metal
Number of cable entries 1 C
Size of the cable gland M20
Locking force 5N

D
Product description
■ Safety switches with separate coded
actuator
■ 4-pole contact element
■ Smalldoor radius (175 mm) possible
even with standard actuator E
In-system added value F
Safety Relays UE 10 - 48
The UE 10 to 48 series of the Safety Relays allows simple integration of safety compo-
nents into machinery or plant.
Safety Controllers UE 100
➜ see L-0
G
The UE 100 series is designed for complex applications requiring a medium level of net-
working capability. It is possible to connect varying safety components. Their connections ■ Housing material die-cast
can be tailored to the relevant machines or plant via drag & drop software.
Safety Bus Modules UE 1000
➜ see M-0 zinc
■ Five actuating directions
■ Cable gland M20
H
The series UE 1000, Safety Bus Modules, are designed for machinery and plant requiring a
high level of networking and programmable logic controls (PLC). The modules enable the ■ Enclosure rating IP 67
■ Design according to
linking of safety components to the bus systems PROFIsafe or AS-I Safety at Work.
➜ see N-0 EN 50 041 I
Ordering information
Positive action
J
normally closed Normally open Type Part number
2 2 i110-SA223 6 025 074
3 1 i110-SA313 6 025 073 K
Please order actuator separately

L
Further information Page

➜ Technical specifications F-32


M
➜ Dimensional drawings F-33
➜ Switching elements F-33 N
➜ Actuators F-33

➜ Other accessories F-34

➜ Services A-0
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
F - 31
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
i110 S Safety switches with separate actuator

Detailed technical specifications


A
Type i110-SA223 i110-SA313
Housing material Zinc die-cast
B Surface treatment Varnished
Enclosure rating IP 67
Mechanical life (relay contacts) 106 switching cycles

C Ambient operating temperature from ... to


Maximum approach speed
–20 °C ... +80 °C
100 mm/s
Actuation force 12 N

D Switching principle
Number of positive action normally closed contacts 2
Slow-action-switch
3
Number of normally open contacts 2 1

E Usage category in compliance with IEC 947-5-1


Rated operating current (voltage)
AC-15/DC-13
2 A (250 V AC), 5 A (100 V AC), 0.5 A (250 V DC), 2 A (24 V DC)
Rated insulation voltage Ui 500 V
Impulse withstand voltage Uimp 2500 V AC

F Minimum switching voltage


Minimum switching current (switching voltage)
5 V DC
5 mA (5 V DC)
Contact material Silver, nickel

G Connection type
Maximum connection cable cross-section
Cable gland
1.5 mm²
Short circuit protection T10/F10

H Weight 0.34 kg

I
J
K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
F - 32
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Safety switches with separate actuator i110 S

Dimensional drawings Switching elements


A
43 Actuator Actuator
8.75 inserted removed
40.7 20.5
B

11.5
5
43
33
44
34
43
33
44
34
31, 3 positive action NC
contacts + 1 NO
C
31
21 22 21 22
11 12 11 12

22, 2 positive action NC


D
116.5

43 44 43 44 contacts + 2 NO
33 34 33 34
21 22 21 22
22
11 12 11 12

E
60

ø 5.5 F
43 30
10.5

40

G
8.75 20.5

H
9.2

30.8

I
30.8

Dimensions in mm
J
Actuators
Actuation option Way of actuation Minimum door radius Type Part number K
Rigid 175 mm iE110-S1 5 311 134
Straight
Fully flexible 60 mm iE110-F1 5 311 135

L
iE110-S1 iE110-F1
6.8
4 x Ø 5.5
2 x M3
M
3.5
52
40

18

N
52
40
31

18

14.5 4
for countersunk 36
8 13
screw M5
20 19
51
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
F - 33
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
i110 S Safety switches with separate actuator

Other accessories
A
Cable gland
Type Part number

B Cable gland M20 5 309 164

C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
F - 34
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Safety switches with separate actuator i1001

Overview of technical specifications


A
Number of positive action normally closed
2
contacts
Number of normally open contacts
Type of actuator
1
Handle operated
B
Housing material Metal
Number of cable entries
Size of the cable gland
1
PG13.5
C
Product description
D
■ Safety switch with separate handle-oper- ■ The system can compensate for any mis-
ated actuator alignment, such as caused by door drop
■ 3-pole contact element
E
In-system added value
Safety Relays UE 10 - 48 F
The UE 10 to 48 series of the Safety Relays allows simple integration of safety compo- ■ Housing material powder-
nents into machinery or plant. ➜ see L-0 coated die-cast zinc
Safety Controllers UE 100
The UE 100 series is designed for complex applications requiring a medium level of net-
working capability. It is possible to connect varying safety components. Their connections
■ Cable gland PG13.5
■ Four actuating directions G
■ Enclosure rating IP 67
can be tailored to the relevant machines or plant via drag & drop software. ➜ see M-0 ■ LED function indicator
Safety Bus Modules UE 1000
The series UE 1000, Safety Bus Modules, are designed for machinery and plant requiring a
high level of networking and programmable logic controls (PLC). The modules enable the
■ Handle-operated actuator
H
linking of safety components to the bus systems PROFIsafe or AS-I Safety at Work.
➜ see N-0

Ordering information
I
Positive action
normally closed Normally open Supply voltage Type Part number J
2 1 24 V DC i1001-24 6 021 016
Actuator supplied with delivery
K
Further information Page L
➜ Technical specifications F-36
➜ Dimensional drawings F-36
➜ Internal circuitry F-37
M
➜ Trapped key systems F-37
➜ Actuator F-39 N
➜ Lockout bar F-39

➜ Other accessories F-40

➜ Services A-0
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
F - 35
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
i1001 Safety switches with separate actuator

Detailed technical specifications


A
Housing material Zinc alloy and stainless steel
Surface treatment Varnished
B Enclosure rating IP 67
Mechanical life (relay contacts) 106 switching cycles
Ambient operating temperature from ... to –5 °C ... +40 °C

C Maximum approach speed


Switching principle
333 mm/s
Slow-action-switch
Number of positive action normally closed contacts 2

D Number of normally open contacts


Usage category in compliance with IEC 947-5-1
1
DC-13
Rated operating current (voltage) 10 A (24 V DC)

E Impulse withstand voltage Uimp


Contact material
2500 V AC
90 % silver and 10 % nickel
Connection type Cable gland
Maximum connection cable cross-section 2.5 mm²

F Weight 1.37 kg

Dimensional drawings
G
H
I
J
K
L Dimensions in mm

M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
F - 36
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Safety switches with separate actuator i1001

Internal circuitry
A
B
C
D
Trapped key systems E
Accessory type Coding Delivery Type Part number

Access key adapter


1
2
Key supplied with delivery
Key supplied with delivery
iE1000-AK1
iE1000-AK2
5 308 302
5 308 303 F
1 Key supplied with delivery iE1000-SK1 5 308 297
Safety key adapter
2 Key supplied with delivery iE1000-SK2 5 308 298

Enabling unit
1
2
Key supplied with delivery
Key supplied with delivery
iE1000-ES1
iE1000-ES2
6 021 019
6 021 020
G
Additional types on request

Access key adapter


H
Access function
■ Application example
Basic unit + head unit +
I
access key adapter. Only
those with an access key can
gain access to the machine.
J

Plant in action, no key inserted Key is inserted, plant comes to a Door can now be opened
K
standstill

The access key adapter is installed between the head and the
housing of the safety switch. If no key present in the adapter,
the door is in the closed position. The door can only be opened
L
if the safety key is inserted and turned (enabling access).

M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
F - 37
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
i1001 Safety switches with separate actuator

Safety key adapter


A Enable function
■ Application example
Basic unit + head unit +
B safety key adapter. In enable
mode no person can set the
machine in motion from out-
side. The machine is started
from inside with the safety
C key.

Plant in action, door closed, key Key is removed, plant comes to Person enters, key inserted

D inserted standstill, door can be opened inside, plant runs in enable mode

The safety key adapter is installed between the head and the
housing of the safety switch. The key is securely held in the unit
and the door is kept in the closed position. Only when the safety

E key is turned and withdrawn access is possible.

F
G
H Enabling unit
Enable function
■ Application example

I Basic unit + head unit +


safety key adapter. In enable
mode no person can set the
machine in motion from out-
side. The machine is started
J from inside with the safety
key.

K Plant in action, door closed, key


inserted
Key is removed, plant comes to
standstill, door can be opened
Person enters, key inserted
inside, plant runs in enable mode

80 Contact set 2 x NO + 2 x NC for connections into the machine’s


stop circuit.

L
M
120

N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
F - 38
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Safety switches with separate actuator i1001

Actuator
A
Actuation option Way of actuation Type Part number
Turning lever Fully flexible iE1001-R1 5 308 316
B
iE1001-R1

C
D
E
F
G
Lockout bar H
Type Part number
iE1002-R1 5 308 313 I
iE1002-R1
J
K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
F - 39
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
i1001 Safety switches with separate actuator

Other accessories
A
Keys
Prevention of

B unintentional
machine starts Access function Enabling function Coding Type Part number
1 Key AK1 5 308 686
– ✔ –
2 Key AK2 5 308 687
C ✔ – ✔
1 Key SK1 5 308 307
2 Key SK2 5 308 308

D Cable gland
Type Part number
Cable gland PG13.5 5 305 811

E Safety screws
Type Part number

F Safety allen screws 5 308 317

Safety switch accessories, miscellaneous


Usage Type Part number
G For safety allen screws BIT 5 308 319

H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
F - 40
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Safety switches with separate actuator i1002

Overview of technical specifications


A
Number of positive action normally closed
2
contacts
Number of normally open contacts
Type of actuator
1
Tongue operated
B
Housing material Metal
Number of cable entries
Size of the cable gland
1
PG13.5
C
Product description
D
■ Safety switch with remote multi-coded ■ The system can compensate for any mis-
actuator alignment, such as caused by door drop
■ 3-pole contact element
E
In-system added value
Safety Relays UE 10 - 48 F
The UE 10 to 48 series of the Safety Relays allows simple integration of safety compo-
nents into machinery or plant. ➜ see L-0
Safety Controllers UE 100
The UE 100 series is designed for complex applications requiring a medium level of net-
working capability. It is possible to connect varying safety components. Their connections ■ Housing material powder-
G
can be tailored to the relevant machines or plant via drag & drop software. ➜ see M-0 coated die-cast zinc
■ Four actuating directions
Safety Bus Modules UE 1000
The series UE 1000, Safety Bus Modules, are designed for machinery and plant requiring a
high level of networking and programmable logic controls (PLC). The modules enable the
■ Cable gland PG13.5
■ Enclosure rating IP 67
H
■ LED function indicator
linking of safety components to the bus systems PROFIsafe or AS-I Safety at Work.
■ Separate actuator
➜ see N-0

Ordering information
I
Positive action
normally closed
Normally open
contacts Supply voltage Type Part number J
2 1 24 V DC i1002-24 6 021 010
Actuator supplied with delivery
K
Further information Page L
➜ Technical specifications F-42
➜ Dimensional drawings F-42
➜ Internal circuitry F-43
M
➜ Trapped key systems F-43
➜ Actuator F-45 N
➜ Lockout bar F-46

➜ Other accessories F-47

➜ Services A-0
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
F - 41
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
i1002 Safety switches with separate actuator

Detailed technical specifications


A
Housing material Zinc alloy and stainless steel
Surface treatment Varnished
B Enclosure rating IP 67
Mechanical life (relay contacts) 106 switching cycles
Ambient operating temperature from ... to –5 °C ... +40 °C

C Maximum approach speed


Actuation force
333 mm/s
5N
Switching principle Slow-action-switch

D Number of positive action normally closed contacts


Number of normally open contacts
2
1
Usage category in compliance with IEC 947-5-1 DC-13

E Rated operating current (voltage)


Impulse withstand voltage Uimp
10 A (24 V DC)
2500 V AC
Contact material 90 % silver and 10 % nickel
Connection type Cable gland

F Maximum connection cable cross-section


Weight
2.5 mm²
1.11 kg

G Dimensional drawings
40

H max. 9.8
60
108.2
96.2
20
54
42

I
65
80

65

98.8
73.8

J
141.1
100

4 x M8
70

2 LEDs
RED - (Guard open)
K Tamperproof
4 x M8
(access from rear)
29
6.5

4 x ø 5.5 5.4
screws
20 (access from front)

L PG 13.5
20

M Dimensions in mm

N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
F - 42
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Safety switches with separate actuator i1002

Internal circuitry
A
B
C
D
Trapped key systems E
Accessory type Coding Delivery Type Part number

Access key adapter


1
2
Key supplied with delivery
Key supplied with delivery
iE1000-AK1
iE1000-AK2
5 308 302
5 308 303 F
1 Key supplied with delivery iE1000-SK1 5 308 297
Safety key adapter
2 Key supplied with delivery iE1000-SK2 5 308 298

Enabling unit
1
2
Key supplied with delivery
Key supplied with delivery
iE1000-ES1
iE1000-ES2
6 021 019
6 021 020
G
Additional types on request

H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
F - 43
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
i1002 Safety switches with separate actuator

Access key adapter


A Access function
■ Application example
Basic unit + head unit +
B access key adapter. Only
those with an access key can
gain access to the machine.

C
Plant in action, no key inserted Key is inserted, plant comes to a Door can now be opened
D standstill

The access key adapter is installed between the head and the
housing of the safety switch. If no key present in the adapter,
the door is in the closed position. The door can only be opened
E if the safety key is inserted and turned (enabling access).

F
G
H Safety key adapter
Enable function
■ Application example

I Basic unit + head unit +


safety key adapter. In enable
mode no person can set the
machine in motion from out-
side. The machine is started
J from inside with the safety
key.

K Plant in action, door closed, key


inserted
Key is removed, plant comes to
standstill, door can be opened
Person enters, key inserted
inside, plant runs in enable mode

The safety key adapter is installed between the head and the
housing of the safety switch. The key is securely held in the unit

L and the door is kept in the closed position. Only when the safety
key is turned and withdrawn access is possible.

M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
F - 44
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Safety switches with separate actuator i1002

Enabling unit
Enable function
A
■ Application example
Basic unit + head unit +
safety key adapter. In enable
mode no person can set the
machine in motion from out-
B
side. The machine is started
from inside with the safety
key. C
Plant in action, door closed, key Key is removed, plant comes to Person enters, key inserted
inserted standstill, door can be opened

80
inside, plant runs in enable mode

Contact set 2 x NO + 2 x NC for connections into the machine’s


D
stop circuit.

E
F
120

G
Actuator H
Actuation option Way of actuation Minimum door radius Type Part number
Straight Semi flexible 300 mm iE1002-S2 5 308 315
I
iE1002-S2

J
K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
F - 45
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
i1002 Safety switches with separate actuator

Lockout bar
A
Type Part number
iE1002-S3 5 308 312
B
iE1002-S3

C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
F - 46
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Safety switches with separate actuator i1002

Other accessories
A
Keys
Prevention of
unintentional
machine starts Access function Enabling function Coding Type Part number B
1 Key AK1 5 308 686
– ✔ –
2 Key AK2 5 308 687

✔ – ✔
1 Key SK1 5 308 307 C
2 Key SK2 5 308 308

Cable gland
Type Part number
D
Cable gland PG13.5 5 305 811

Safety screws
E
Type Part number
Safety allen screws 5 308 317
F
Safety switch accessories, miscellaneous
Usage Type Part number
For safety allen screws BIT 5 308 319 G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
F - 47
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
Safety locking devices

Explanations of features
Positive action normally closed contacts/normally open Locking force
contacts The locking force gives the maximum force which can act on the
Safety switches have contact elements in normally closed con- locking mechanism. Depending on the type, the maximum lock-
tact/normally open contact combinations. The normally closed ing force is only achieved by using additional fixing screws that
contacts of a safety switch are of the "positive action" type, i.e. are included in the supply (e.g. i200-Lock).
the forced movement of the normally closed contact ensures
that the contacts are separated every time. Normally open con-
Locking type
tacts primarily serve as signalling contacts and must not be
used for the safety circuit. Safety locking devices are equipped either with a mechanical or
electric locking device.
For the mechanical locking device, the locking is activated after
Door signalling contact inserting the actuator. It can be released by applying the voltage
The three possible states of a safety locking device are "Door to the locking magnet.
locked and closed", "Door unlocked and closed" and "Door For the electric locking device, the voltage must be applied to
unlocked and open". Depending on the version, there is a con- the locking magnet after inserting the actuating element in order
tact element for the third state, which is activated when the door to activate the locking.
is opened. Both positive action normally closed contact/nor-
mally open contact combinations and normally closed contacts
without positive action, are used as door signalling contacts. Type of actuator
The majority of safety switches have appropriately coded
tongue-operated actuators that prevent simple manipulation of
Housing material the switch.
The housing materials used can be separated into two large The i1000 series has an additional handle-operated actuator
groups - "metals" and "plastics". The metal housing materials with coded spindle. It is not actuated by applying a force but by
are available as both anodised die-cast light metal and painted applying a torque.
die-cast zinc versions. Glass-fibre reinforced thermoplastics are
exclusively used for the plastic housings.
Mechanical unlocking mechanism
The locking device can be unlocked, e.g. on a power failure,
using the mechanical unlocking mechanism.

© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to


G-0 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Safety locking devices

Safety locking devices A


B
C
D
E
F
G
H
mechanical (m)/electrical (e)

a
Number x size of cable gland
Door signalling contacts 1)

Number of
positive
action
I
Locking force 1)

normally
Locking type 1)

closed
contacts/
normally
Safety
application
open
contacts 1)
Housing
material 1) Type of actuator 1) Product Page J
2/1 Plastic Tongue operated ✔ 3 x M20 1200 N m/e i10 Lock G-2

2/1
3/0
Plastic Tongue operated — 1 x M20 1200 N m i14 Lock G-8
K
4/1
3/2
Plastic Tongue operated ✔ 3 x M20 2000 N m/e i200 Lock G-12

4/2 Metal Handle operated ✔ 1 x PG13.5 2500 N m i1001 Lock G-16 L


4/2 Metal Tongue operated ✔ 1 x PG13.5 2500 N m i1002 Lock G-22
1)
Explanation see page G-0
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
G-1
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
i10 Lock Safety locking devices

Overview of technical specifications


A
Number of positive action normally closed
2/2
contacts

B Number of normally open contacts


(depending on type)
1/0

Number of positive action normally closed


0/0
door monitoring contacts

C Number of normally open door monitoring


contacts (depending on type)
0/1

Number of normally closed door monitoring


1/1
contacts

D Housing material
Locking force
Plastic
1200 N
Locking type (depending on type) Electrical / mechanical

E Product description

F ■ Safety switches with separate coded


actuator and guard locking
■ 4-pole contact element
■ Small design - ideal for direct mounting
on framework
■ Various actuator versions available
■ Housing material glass-fibre
reinforced thermoplastic

G ■ Locking force 1200 N


■ Five actuating directions
■ Cable gland 3 x M20
In-system added value
■ Enclosure rating IP 67 Safety Relays UE 10 - 48
■ Mechanical unlocking
H mechanism
The UE 10 to 48 series of the Safety Relays allows simple integration of safety compo-
nents into machinery or plant.
Safety Controllers UE 100
➜ see L-0

The UE 100 series is designed for complex applications requiring a medium level of net-

I working capability. It is possible to connect varying safety components. Their connections


can be tailored to the relevant machines or plant via drag & drop software.
Safety Bus Modules UE 1000
➜ see M-0

The series UE 1000, Safety Bus Modules, are designed for machinery and plant requiring a
high level of networking and programmable logic controls (PLC). The modules enable the
J linking of safety components to the bus systems PROFIsafe or AS-I Safety at Work.
➜ see N-0

Ordering information
K Door monitoring
operating voltage
Normally closed
normally closed

normally closed

L
Positive action

Positive action
Normally open

Normally open

Locking type
Solenoid

Further information Page


Part
➜ Dimensional drawings G-4
M ➜ Switching elements G-4 24 V DC Electrical
Type
i10-E0233 Lock
number
6 022 585
1 0 0 1 230 V AC Electrical i10-E2233 Lock 6 022 586
➜ Actuators G-4
2 24 V DC Mechanical i10-M0233 Lock 6 022 580
N ➜ Lockout bar G-6 0 0 1 1 24 V DC Mechanical i10-M0253 Lock 6 027 397
➜ Locks G-7 1 0 0 1 230 V AC Mechanical i10-M2233 Lock 6 022 582
Please order actuator separately
➜ Other accessories G-7
O ➜ Services A-0

© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to


G-2
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04
Safety locking devices i10 Lock

Detailed technical specifications


A
Type i10-E0233 i10-E2233 i10-M0233 i10-M0253 i10-M2233
Lock Lock Lock Lock Lock
Housing material
Enclosure rating
Glass-fibre reinforced thermoplastic
IP 67
B
Mechanical life (relay contacts) 106 switching cycles
Ambient operating temperature from ... to
Maximum approach speed
–20 °C ... +55 °C
333 mm/s
C
Locking force 1200 N
Switching principle
Number of positive action normally closed contacts
Slow-action-switch
2 D
Number of normally open contacts 1 1 1 0 1
Number of positive action normally closed door
monitoring contacts
Number of normally open door monitoring contacts 0 0
0
0 1 0
E
Number of normally closed door monitoring contacts 1
Usage category in compliance with IEC 947-5-1
Rated operating current (voltage)
AC-15/DC-13
6 mA (230 V AC), 6 mA (24 V DC) F
Rated insulation voltage Ui 250 V
Impulse withstand voltage Uimp 2500 V
Minimum switching voltage 12 V DC G
Minimum switching current (switching voltage) 10 mA (24 V DC)
Solenoid operating voltage 24 V (20.4 V ... 230 V (195.5 V 24 V (20.4 V ... 26.4 V) DC 230 V (195.5 V

Duty cycle
26.4 V) DC ... 253 V) AC
100 %
... 253 V) AC
H
Contact material Silver alloy, gold flashed
Connection type Cable gland
Maximum connection cable cross-section 1.5 mm² I
Short circuit protection 6A gG
Weight 0.46 kg

J
K
L
M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
G-3
8 010 889/15-10-04 technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved.
P
i10 Lock Safety locking devices

Dimensional drawings Switching elements


A
Ø 31 h Actuator inserted Actua-
tor

B remo-
ved

v
43 locked unlo-

C 0.3
3.5

35

cked

D E1 E2
E1 E1
192

E2 E2

23, 2 positive action NC


144

41 42 41 42 41 42
contacts + 1 NO contact +
M20 x 1.5(3x)

E
33 34 33 34 33 34
21 22 21 22 21 22
11 12 11 12 11 12 1 NC as door contact

25, 2 positive action NC


contacts + 1 NO contact as
22

41 42 41 42 41 42

F
31 32 31 32 31 32
21 22 21 22 21 22 door contact + 1 NC as door
13 14 13 14 13 14
contact

16 30
G 42 40

0.3

H
16

3.5
I 8.5
Dimensions in mm

Actuators
J
Actuation option Way of actuation Minimum door radius Type Part number
Rigid 1000 mm iE10-S1 5 306 527
K Straight
Rubber-mounted 1000 mm iE10-S2 5 306 530
Angled Rigid 1000 mm iE10-A1 5 306 535
90 mm iE10-R1 5 306 528

L Radius Semi flexible


100 mm iE10-R2 5 306 529

M
N
O
© SICK AG - Industrial Safety Systems - Germany - All rights, including changes to
G-4
P technical specification and or to the equipment without prior notification, are reserved. 8 010 889/15-10-04

You might also like